Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 5998 LPATH BERM EROSION PROTECTION MEASURES (2)SECTION 00300 BID FORM SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT: 5998 LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures Place Date 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated , and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ______________________________________________________ ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as follows: _________________________________________________________. 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. _______through . 7/96 Section 00300 Page 2 8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)Lump Sum Item Description Unit Estimated Unit Item Number Quantity Cost ($) Cost ($) 1 Mobilization LS 1 2 Traffic / Access Control LS 1 3 Clearing and Grubbing LS 1 4 Construction Dewatering (North Spill and River Riprap Location) LS 1 5 Remove Concrete Rubble SF 10350 6 Fence Removal/Resetting (Wood Fence) LF 100 7 Silt Fence LF 3845 8 Straw Bale – Sediment and Erosion Control Structure EA 8 9 Unclassified Excavation (Quantity Assumed 15% shrinkage in Borrow Site material) CY 9068 10 Muck Excavation CY 200 11 Native Soil (Over Revetment Mat Only) CY 1040 12 Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul - South Spill Only CY 1652 13 Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul - Both Spill Locations CY 9738 North Spill = 7416 CY, South Spill = 2322 CY ---- ---- 14 Concrete Sill (Complete In Place) CY 170 15 Concrete Block Revetment Mat - North Spill SF 27453 16 Concrete Block Revetment Mat (Including drainage layer) - South Spill SF 28640 17 Riprap (Class 12) TON 1560 18 4" to 8" Crushed Concrete Rubble (Quantity Assumed 20% extra for voids) TON 1968 19 1-1/2" Washed Rock (Quantity Assumed 35% shrinkage) TON 818 20 Landscape - Tree Removal (> 12" Diameter) EA 15 21 Ground Preparation for Seeding AC 9 22 Topsoil (Delivery and Stockpile only - No Installation) CY 200 TOTAL COST Total Cost in Words:___________________________________________________Dollars 7/96 Section 00300 Page 3 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: ________________________________ __________________ Signature Date ________________________________ Title ________________________________ License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest:___________________________ Address _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Telephone _____________________________________ 7/96 Section 00410 Page 1 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors 7/96 Section 00410 Page 2 SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ ______________________ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 5998 LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. 7/96 Section 00410 Page 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20__, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL SURETY Name:_____________________________ __________________________________ Address:__________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ By:_______________________________ By: ______________________________ Title: ___________________________ Title:____________________________ ATTEST: By:_______________________________ (SEAL) (SEAL) 7/96 Section 00420 Page 1 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: _________________________________________________ 2. Permanent main office address: __________________________________ 3. When organized: _________________________________________________ 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: ___________________________ 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name?___________________________ 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 7. General character of Work performed by your company: _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?________ If so, where and why?____________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?__________________________ If so, where and why?____________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 10. Are you debarred by any government agency? ______________________ If yes list agency name._________________________________________ 7/96 Section 00420 Page 2 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 15. Credit available: $______________________________________________________ 16. Bank reference:__________________________________________________________ 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? _________________________________________________________________________ 18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?________________________________ If yes, in what city, county and state? __________________________What class, license and numbers?______________________________________________ 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?_________________ If yes, what percent of total contract?__________________________________ and to whom?_____________________________________________________________ 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?__________ IF yes, DETAIL___________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 7/96 Section 00420 Page 3 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL _________________________________________________________________________ What company?____________________________________________________________ 22. What are your company's bonding limitations?_____________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at ________________ this ______ day of __________________, 20__. _____________________________________________ Name of Bidder By:__________________________________________ Title:_______________________________________ State of________________________ ) County of_______________________ ___________________________________being duly sworn deposes and says that he is ______________________of_____________________________ and that (name of organization) the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of ____________, 20__. ___________________________________ Notary Public ___________________________________ ___________________________________ My commission expires _____________________________. 7/96 Section 00430 Page 1 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 15% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ ______________________________ _______________________________ SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures BID NO. 5998 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS October 19, 2006 – 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01140 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES 01145 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01180 UTILITY SOURCES 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS 01320 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01330 SUBMITTALS 01425 STANDARD REFRENCES 01450 MATERIALS TESTING 01555 TRAFFIC REGULATION 01635 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01650 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 01710 SITE CONDITIONS 01715 TREE, LANDSCAPE, VEGETATION, AND WETLAND PROTECTION 01720 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01745 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01780 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02230 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02235 NATIVE SOIL 02236 TOPSOIL 02240 WATER CONTROL AND DEWATERING 02315 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02371 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT 02375 RIPRAP 02376 CONCRETE RUBBLE 02700 CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS FOR OVERTOPPING APPLICATIONS 02921 GROUND PREPARATION FOR SEEDING DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03110 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMS 03210 REINFORCING STEEL 03310 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 03320 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING 03390 CONCRETE CURING 03615 GROUT APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 3 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: SEPTEMBER 25, 2006 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on OCTOBER 10, 2006, for the LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures ; BID NO. 5998. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures; The project includes the removal of existing fence, the removal of existing trees and concrete rubble, and the installation of erosion control measures. The project also includes the excavation and transportation of fill material and the placement of fill material. The installation of concrete block revetment mats, the installation of concrete sills, buried riprap, and the preparation of all disturbed areas for revegetation. Questions concerning the scope of the bid should be directed to Project Manager Jin Wang, (970) 221-6605 X7733. Questions regarding bid submittal or process should be directed to John D. Stephen, CPPO, CPPB, Senior Buyer (970) 221-6777. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. Contract Documents will be available September 28, 2006. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10:00 a.m., on October 5, 2006, at 215 N. Mason St., Conference Room 2E in Fort Collins. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2 The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: 1. City of Fort Collins BuySpeed: https://secure2.fcgov.com/bso/login.jsp 2. Mercury-LDO Reprographics: www.mercury-ldo.com Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and Drawings, may be viewed and purchased at: 1. Mercury LDO Reprograhics: • FORT COLLINS: 422 S. Link Lane, Ft. Collins, CO 80524 Ph: 970-484-1201, Fax: 970-221-0404 • ENGLEWOOD: 9632 E. Arapahoe, Englewood, CO. 80112 Ph: 303-790-7169, Fax: 303-792-2936 • DENVER: 860 Bryant Street, Denver, CO. 80204 Ph: 303-893-8701, Fax: 303-893-0617 • COLORADO SPRINGS:11 E Las Vegas, Colorado Springs, CO. 80903 Ph: 719-231-8121, Fax: 719-633-5710 • LODO: 1660 Wynkoop Ste. 130, Denver, CO. 80202 Ph: 303-785-2520, Fax: 303-785-2522 • BOULDER: 2575 Pearl St. Unit C., Boulder, CO. 80302 Ph: 303-539-1350, Fax: 303-539-1356 2. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado. 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 3 Construction Document Ordering Instructions (Download a complete PlanWell 4.0 Ordering Guide from www.planwell.com) 1. GO TO: www.mercury-ldo.com 2. SELECT: Denver Links: “Plan Well” 3. SELECT: Public Planroom: “GO” 4. SELECT: the desired “Project Number” from the list 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 4 5. CLICK: “Most Current Set” to View the list of documents available for the project 6. CLICK: Sheet No. to view 7. CLICK: to add a specific document to your “Shopping Cart” 8. CLICK: to place the order for printing 9. REGISTER –or- LOGIN 10. SELECT: Process-Media, Output Size and Binding options 11. ENTER: Job Number and PO information then click Next. 12. REVIEW: Recipient information. 13. ENTER: Quantities 14. CLICK: the down arrow to populate order. 15. SELECT: Delivery options and Due time. 16. ENTER: Your phone number in the special instructions box. 17. CLICK: Next. 18. REVIEW order 19. CLICK: SUBMIT Planwell contacts: Marie Owens 970-484-1201, mowens@mercury-ldo.com David Bacon-720-220-7683, dbacon@mercury-ldo.com 07/2001 Section 00020 Page 5 Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited City of Fort Collins By ______________________________________ James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP Purchasing/Risk Management Director APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION CACHE LA POUDRE RIVER CONTROLLED SPILL STRUCTURES FORT COLLINS, COLORADO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LPATH BERM EROSION PROTECTION MEASURES OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 281 NORTH COLLEGE AVENUE FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80522 (970) 221-6605 JOHN LANG, P.E. ENGINEERING & DESIGN MANAGER ENGINEER: ANDERSON CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 772 WHALERS WAY, SUITE 200 FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80525 (970) 226-0120 GREG KOCH, P.E. PROJECT MANAGER ACE PROJECT NO. COFC2005.01 LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01140 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES SECTION 01145 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01180 UTILITY SOURCES SECTION 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01425 STANDARD REFERENCES SECTION 01450 MATERIALS TESTING SECTION 01555 TRAFFIC REGULATION SECTION 01635 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 01650 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING SECTION 01710 SITE CONDITIONS SECTION 01715 TREE, LANDSCAPE, VEGETATION, AND WETLAND PROTECTION SECTION 01720 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING SECTION 01745 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS SECTION 01780 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-1 Summary of Work Protection Measures SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Furnish all labor and install all materials for the LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures, including but not limited to the following items: The project includes the removal of existing fence, the removal of existing trees and concrete rubble, and the installation of erosion control measures. The project also includes the excavation and transportation of fill material and the placement of fill material. The installation of concrete block revetment mats, the installation of concrete sills, buried riprap, and the preparation of all disturbed areas for revegetation. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR must show proof to have completed at least 3 projects involving dewatering or concrete block revetment mat. 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Work Sequence is to be submitted as part of the construction schedule required in Section 01320. Construction of the project shall begin within seven (7) calendar days of the date of Notice to Proceed unless approved by the ENGINEER. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The CONTRACTOR will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates "Normal" weather and climate conditions in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the CONTRACTOR demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the CONTRACTOR’s work and thus required additional time to complete the work. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-2 Summary of Work Protection Measures Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the OWNER indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the CONTRACTOR’s workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the CONTRACTOR. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The OWNER will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of work days delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the CONTRACTOR have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. The CONTRACTOR’s schedule must reflect the above-anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather-dependent activities. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the OWNER shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the CONTRACTOR arising out of such delays. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the CONTRACTOR will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-3 Summary of Work Protection Measures The CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the CONTRACTOR has promptly given written notice of such delay to the OWNER or ENGINEER. 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the OWNER. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the OWNER, acts of another CONTRACTOR in the performance of a contract with the OWNER, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above. 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. Other than the conditions above, CONTRACTOR is permitted to start the work at any location within the project site. The CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the construction traffic control requirements delineated in Section 01555 and on the Drawings. 1.04 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES A. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to verify the existence and location of all underground utilities along the route of the work and to coordinate the construction schedules with these utility owners. B. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans and from field potholing, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the OWNER or the ENGINEER for their accuracy or completeness. C. The CONTRACTOR shall field verify all utilities and coordinate construction with utility owners prior to starting construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for protecting utilities during construction and scheduling utility adjustments to eliminate conflict with progress of the work. D. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER immediately of any field condition not consistent with the contract documents. E. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for repairing or paying for the repairs to any damaged utilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-4 Summary of Work Protection Measures PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01140-1 Contractor’s Use of Premises Protection Measures SECTION 01140 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The CONTRACTOR may use the OWNER’s property designated within the construction limits shown on the Drawings for equipment and materials as long as he confines his operations to those permitted by local laws, ordinance and permits and meets the following requirements: 1. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products stored on premised. 3. Move any stored products which interfere with operations of the OWNER. 4. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations. 1.02 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A. The CONTRACTOR must maintain all of his construction activities within the OWNER’s property and/or construction easements and limits of the project, or other stated areas, unless permits and/or written permission are obtained by the CONTRACTOR, from appropriate authorities or private property owners, outside of these areas. Contractor to fence all easements and work areas. The temporary permits must be secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the OWNER. Any temporary permits secured must be in writing and a copy of same provided to the ENGINEER. 1.03 SECURITY A. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times be responsible for the security of his facilities and equipment. The OWNER will not take responsibility for missing or damaged equipment, tools, or personal belongings of the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01140-2 Contractor’s Use of Premises Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01145-1 Special Project Procedures Protection Measures SECTION 01145 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General construction requirements and special considerations relating to the elements of construction of the LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures. Specific descriptions of the work are provided for the following sections of the project: 1) Construction of the North and South spills. 2) Removal of fill material from borrow sites South of the Blue Gill Pond, and North of Prospect Road. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00520 – Agreement PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL A. The CONTRACTOR, with input and cooperation from the OWNER, will prepare the construction traffic control plans and specifications for construction of the project. The traffic control plan shall be submitted at least 7 days prior to the start of traffic control activities. Any changes to the approved traffic control plan will need to be submitted to the City of Fort Collins Traffic Department at least 48 hours prior to instituting the proposed changes. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide to the City of Fort Collins Traffic Department a detailed construction schedule for the work, including production rates, estimated closure times for streets and intersections, if any, and material delivery and haul routes. C. Section 01555 Traffic Regulation is provided as a guide to items of work the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for, and that may not be specifically referenced in the construction traffic control plan. Such items include providing access to fire hydrants, access for emergency services, and provision of warning signs and lights around the work zone, especially during non-work periods. 3.03 NATURAL AREAS Due to the project being located entirely within a city designated natural area the CONTRACTOR shall abide by the rules and regulations set forth by the City of Fort Collins Natural Resources Department. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01145-2 Special Project Procedures Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01180-1 Utility Sources Protection Measures SECTION 01180 UTILITY SOURCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for the CONTRACTOR’s convenience. The CONTRACTOR assumes all responsibility of contacting these agencies and verification of telephone numbers. 1. Water a. City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6700 b. Fort Collins – Loveland Water District (970) 226-3104 c. East Larimer Water District (970) 493-2044 2. Sanitary Sewer - City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6700 - Boxelder Sanitation District (970) 498-0604 3. Stormwater - City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6700 4. Natural Resources – City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6600 5. Park Planning – City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6360 6. Electrical a. City of Fort Collins (970) 224-6157 b. Platte River Power Authority (PRPA) (970) 226-4000 c. Western Area Power Administration (WAPA) (970) 461-7298 d. Poudre Valley Rural Electric Association (PVREA) (970) 226-1234 e. Public Service Company (PSC) / Xcel Energy (800) 895-1999 7. Engineering – City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6605 8. Traffic – City of Fort Collins (970) 224-6062 9. Gas - Xcel Energy (800) 895-2999 10. Telephone - Qwest (970) 222-2414 11. Cable TV - Comcast (970) 484-7166 12. One-Call Utility Locates 1 (800) 922-1987 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01180-2 Utility Sources Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-1 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures SECTION 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work performed under this Agreement shall be paid for on both a Unit Price basis and Lump Sum basis for individual line items at the rates for the respective items on the Bid Schedule. The quantities provided on the Bid Schedule are only estimates of the actual quantities of the work to be performed, and are only included for purposes of making the award and establishing a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work. The actual amounts of work performed and materials furnished for unit price bid items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials bid as a unit price will be the actual amount of approved work done and materials furnished. Payment shall be made only for those items included in the Bid Schedule. All costs incurred shall comply with the provisions of these Specifications and shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated items in the Bid Schedule. Except as may be otherwise stipulated, no material, labor or equipment will be furnished by the OWNER. The quantity of work which will be considered for payment is the actual number of units completed in accordance with all relative Specifications. This basis of measurement and payment for each proposal item will be described below. The following provides a general listing of contract bid items along with a brief summary of the work and materials included, but not limited to, in the unit price or lump sum price for each bid item. Refer to the Specifications and Drawings for additional information. 1.02 PAY ITEMS 1. Mobilization No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials and equipment required for mobilization and field overhead. This work consists of the mobilization of personnel, equipment and supplies at the project site in preparation for work on the project. This item shall include the establishment of the CONTRACTOR’S offices, buildings and other necessary facilities, and all other costs incurred or labor and operations which must be performed prior to beginning the other items under the Contract. This item shall also include temporary fencing around project work and driving areas, and any other fencing/security items as deemed necessary by the CONTRACTOR. This item also includes obtaining permits and CONTRACTOR testing. This item may also include provision of required bonds, insurance and preparation of the project schedule. The removal of the CONTRACTOR's equipment, supplies, excess materials, and cleanup of the site are also included in this item. Payment will be made as the work progresses. Fifty percent (50%) of the lump sum bid price will be paid at the time of the first monthly progress payment. An additional thirty percent (30%) will be paid when one-half the original contract amount is earned. The remaining twenty percent (20%) will LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-2 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures be paid upon final acceptance of the project. The total amount for mobilization shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total bid. Pay Item Pay Unit Mobilization LS 2. Traffic / Access Control No unit measurement for payment shall be made for any of the materials, work, and equipment required. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, and maintain the approved Traffic Control Plan in accordance with the Drawings and accepted Traffic Control Plan. The work also includes but is not limited to the installation and maintenance of all required barricades and signs. Payment will be made as work progresses. Fifty percent (50%) of the lump sum bid price will be paid when twenty five (25%) of the original contract amount has been earned; an additional thirty percent (30%) will be paid when fifty percent (50%) of the original contract amount has been earned; and the remaining twenty percent (20%) will be paid upon final acceptance of the project. Pay Item Pay Unit Traffic / Access Control LS 3. Clearing and Grubbing No measurement for payment shall be made for any of the materials, work, and equipment required. Payment will be made as work progresses on a percentage lump sum basis. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, and conduct the clearing and grubbing, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, including all costs associated with the disposing of materials off-site. Pay Item Pay Unit Clearing and Grubbing LS 4. Construction Dewatering (North Spill and River Riprap Location) No unit measurement for payment will be made for this work. Work includes all equipment, temporary power, labor and materials for implementation of measures to control surface water and groundwater. Pay item also includes all work necessary to obtain the required Stormwater Management Permit and the Construction Dewatering Permit from the LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-3 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Colorado Department of Health. Also included are all equipment, labor and materials for evaluation, design, construction, and monitoring of dewatering. Payment shall be made based on the percentage of all work completed at the time of each Progress Payment. Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Dewatering (North Spill and River LS Riprap Location) 5. Remove Concrete Rubble The measurement for removal of this item will be made on a unit basis. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for removing, hauling and disposal of such items including existing concrete rubble, and all other work necessary to remove these items in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Replacement of riprap, trees, or vegetation outside of the pay lines due to the CONTRACTOR’s failure to protect existing, undisturbed materials shall not be paid for and shall be replaced at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Pay Item Pay Unit Remove Concrete Rubble SF 6. Fence Removal/Resetting (Wood Fence) The measurement for payment of this item will be the total number of linear feet of fence removed, stored, re-installed and accepted by the ENGINEER. No payment will be made for items installed as the result of negligence or unauthorized operations by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall supply and install any new materials required to remove, store, and re-install the fence in its original location. Posts, rails and hardware shall be salvaged and re-installed, provided that they are in condition acceptable to the ENGINEER. The unit bid price per linear foot shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’S costs of whatsoever nature. The bid price shall include: removing, storing, and re-installing all posts, rails, and appurtenances, all additional materials, including wire and concrete; excavation, fill, compaction; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the work. Pay Item Pay Unit Fence Removal/Resetting (Wood Fence) LF LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-4 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures 7. Silt Fence The measurement for payment of silt fence will be the actual number of linear feet of silt fence installed. The work includes all equipment, labor, materials, maintenance, and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, maintain, remove the silt fence upon completion of construction, repair and reseed ground along fence line, in accordance with the Drawings. Pay Item Pay Unit Silt Fence LF 8. Straw Bale – Sediment and Erosion Control Structure The measurement for payment of straw bales will be on a unit basis. Payment will be made for each bale furnished and placed. The work includes all equipment, labor, materials, maintenance and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, maintain, and ultimately remove the straw bales in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit Straw Bale – Sediment and Erosion Control Structure EA 9. Unclassified Excavation 10. Muck Excavation 11. Native Soil (Over Revetment Mat Only) 12. Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul 13. Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul The measurement for payment of unclassified excavation will be the total number of cubic yards of material excavated according to the final Drawings. Unclassified excavation shall consist of excavation of all materials on the site to final grades, excluding the bid items listed in Section 02220. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. Unclassified excavation shall be measured from the drawings and cross sections, and the plan quantity will be paid for by the cubic yard. Muck excavation shall include excavation of unsuitable material and haul and disposal of unsuitable material. Muck excavation shall also include the cost of materials used to replace muck excavation. Muck excavation of material from rain or weather damage will not be paid for and is entirely the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility. This item will be measured in the field and will be paid for by the cubic yard. If unsuitable subgrade is encountered and the ENGINEER directs the CONTRACTOR to overexcavate the material, the CONTRACTOR shall use LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-5 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures uniformly graded 1 1/2” rock. This item will be measured in the field and will be paid by the cubic yard per ticket of material used. Native Soil shall include stripping existing vegetation, temporarily stockpiling, load, haul and placement of topsoil within all designated areas of the construction site. This item shall be measured in the field and the volume calculated by the area multiplied by the depth, as determined by the ENGINEER with no allowance for shrinkage or swell, and shall be paid for by the cubic yard. Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul shall include all excavated material, which is placed as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in Section 02315. This item shall include placement and compaction of excavated material that has been determined as suitable from the on-site excavations. This item will be measured from the drawings and cross sections and the plan quantity will be paid for by the cubic yard. Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul shall include all excavated material, which is placed as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in Section 02315. This item shall include haul, placement and compaction of excavated material that has been determined as suitable from the on-site excavations. This item will be measured from the drawings and cross sections and the plan quantity will be paid for by the cubic yard. Pay Item Pay Unit Unclassified Excavation CY Muck Excavation CY Native Soil (Over Revetment Mat Only) CY Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul CY Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul CY 14. Concrete Sill (Complete In Place) The measurement for payment of the concrete sill shown on the Drawings, will be the total amount of cubic yards dimensioned on the Drawings, completed in place, and accepted. No measurement for payment will be made for items placed outside of the dimensions as shown on the Drawings unless directed by the ENGINEER. The unit price bid per cubic yard shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The price bid shall include: excavation; furnishing and placing the concrete and steel reinforcement; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing the edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; furnishing and compacting all materials required for preparation of a stable subbase; backfilling; and, all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete sill in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. No measurement for payment shall be made for replacement of materials damaged by the CONTRACTOR in his operations. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-6 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Sill (Complete In Place) CY 15. Concrete Block Revetment Mat – North Spill The measurement for payment for this item will be by the actual number of square feet in place. The unit price bid per square foot of Concrete Block Revetment Mat for the North Spill shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature including: furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and any other incidentals to Concrete Block Revetment Mat in accordance with the Contract Documents, complete-in-place; haul from the suppliers source; placement of revetment mat to design dimensions; excavation and embankment; subgrade preparation; compaction; furnishing and placement of filter fabric; grout; reinforcing bar; steel cable; anchors; and, any other miscellaneous items and work shown or reasonably implied on the Drawings and in the Specifications for this work, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Block Revetment Mat – North Spill SF 16. Concrete Block Revetment Mat (Including Drainage Layer) – South Spill The measurement for payment for this item will be by the actual number of square feet in place. The unit price bid per square foot of Concrete Block Revetment Mat for the North Spill shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature including: furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and any other incidentals to Concrete Block Revetment Mat in accordance with the Contract Documents, complete-in-place; haul from the suppliers source; placement of revetment mat to design dimensions; excavation and embankment; subgrade preparation; compaction; furnishing and placement of filter fabric; furnishing and placement of ¾” crushed rock drainage layer; grout; reinforcing bar; steel cable; anchors; and, any other miscellaneous items and work shown or reasonably implied on the Drawings and in the Specifications for this work, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Block Revetment Mat SF (Including Drainage Layer) – South Spill LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-7 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures 17. Riprap (Class 12) The measurement for payment of riprap will be the total number of tons of riprap required to be placed as specified on the Drawings or as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Measurement does not include the thickness of the bedding. The unit price bid per ton of riprap placed shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The item shall include: furnishing, transporting, and placing all riprap; excavation, compaction, backfilling, removal and disposal of excavations and debris; Type II bedding material; geotextile fabric; compacted fill required to bury riprap; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to place the riprap in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit Riprap (Class 12) TON 18. 4” to 8” Crushed Concrete Rubble The measurement for payment of 4” to 8” crushed concrete rubble will be the total number of tons of concrete rubble required to be placed as specified on the Drawings or as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The unit price bid per ton of concrete rubble placed shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The item shall include: furnishing, transporting, and placing all concrete rubble; excavation, compaction, backfilling, removal and disposal of excavations and debris; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to place the concrete rubble in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit 4” to 8” Crushed Concrete Rubble TON 19. 1-1/2” Washed Rock The measurement for payment of 1-1/2” washed rock will be the total number of tons of washed rock required to be placed as specified on the Drawings or as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The unit price bid per ton of washed rock placed shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The item shall include: furnishing, transporting, and placing all washed rock; excavation, compaction, backfilling, removal and disposal of excavations and debris; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to place the washed rock in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-8 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Pay Item Pay Unit 1-1/2” Washed Rock TON 20. Landscape-Tree Removal (>12” Diameter) The measurement and payment for Tree Removal will be the total number of trees removed as shown on the bid schedule and measured and accepted by the ENGINEER in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The ENGINEER will mark all trees to be removed and paid for under this item. All other miscellaneous tree and shrub removal shall be included in Clearing and Grubbing. Payment will be made upon completion of the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The unit price bid for each item shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s cost of whatsoever nature to complete the tree removal including: furnishing and transporting all materials, labor, and equipment; excavation and removal of tree and stump and root system; backfilling and compaction; and, all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to perform the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape-Tree Removal (>12” Diameter) EA 21. Ground Preparation for Seeding The measurement for payment of this item will be the total number of acres of disturbed ground prepared for seeding and accepted by the ENGINEER. No payment will be made for prepared ground outside of the limit of disturbance. The unit bid price per acre shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’S costs of whatsoever nature. The bid price shall include: watering, disking, and the preparation of disturbed ground to receive grass seed and shrubs; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to conduct the work. Pay Item Pay Unit Ground Preparation for Seeding AC 22. Topsoil (Delivery and Stockpile only - No Installation) The measurement for payment of topsoil will be the total number of cubic yards of material delivered to the site. This item shall include delivery of the material and placement at various locations within the site. The final location of these delivery sites will be at the direction of the ENGINEER. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-9 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Pay Item Pay Unit Topsoil (Delivery and Stockpile only - No Installation) CY END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-10 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01310-1 Project Meetings Protection Measures SECTION 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-Construction Conference: A Pre-Construction Conference will be held after Notice of Award and before the Notice to Proceed, the date, time and location will be determined after Notice of Award. The conference shall be attended by: 1. CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’s Superintendent 2. CONTRACTOR’s Subcontractors 3. ENGINEER 4. OWNER 5. Others as requested by the CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or ENGINEER. Unless previously submitted to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall bring to the conference a tentative schedule of the construction project, including the scheduled shop drawings and other submittals. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda will include: 1. CONTRACTOR’s tentative Schedule 2. Permit applications and submittals, including 402 Permit, Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, and Traffic Control Plan 3. Transmittal, review and distribution of CONTRACTOR’s submittals 4. Processing applications for payment 5. Maintaining record documents 6. Critical work sequencing 7. Field decision and change orders 8. Use of premises, office and storage areas, staging area, security, housekeeping, and OWNER’s needs 9. CONTRACTOR’s assignment of safety and first aid LPATH Berm Erosion 01310-2 Project Meetings Protection Measures B. Construction Progress Meetings: Progress meetings will be conducted weekly or at some other frequency, if approved by the OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. These meetings shall be attended by the OWNER, the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR’s representative and any others invited by these people. The meeting will be conducted by the ENGINEER and the ENGINEER will arrange for keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance. The agenda of these project meetings will include construction progress, the status of submittal reviews, the status of information requests, critical work sequencing, review of strategies for connections into existing facilities, status of field orders and change orders, and any general business. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01320-1 Construction Schedules Protection Measures SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare detailed schedule of all construction operations and procurements to be reviewed by parties attending the preconstruction conference. Schedule shall be approved by the OWNER and ENGINEER prior to Notice to Proceed. 1.02 FORMAT AND SUBMISSIONS A. Prepare construction and procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying scheduled and actual progress. The construction schedule shall clearly identify the critical path for the project and shall also identify all critical procurement items. B. Submit four (4) copies of each schedule to the OWNER and ENGINEER for review. The ENGINEER will return one copy to the CONTRACTOR with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of the OWNER or others. 1.03 CONTENT A. Construction Progress Schedule 1. Show the complete work sequence of construction by activity and location. 2. Show the dates for the beginning and completion of major task items. At a minimum, show the following items: • Removal of trees and concrete rubble. • Installation of concrete sills for the North and South spills. • Placement of fill for the North and South spills • Installation of the concrete revetment mats and backfill for the North and South spills. • Placement of the buried riprap in the Cache la Poudre River. • Seeding/Mulching and placement of erosion control mat (By others). 3. Show projected percentage of completion for each item as of the first day of the month. B. Report of delivery of equipment and materials. 1. Show delivery status of critical and major items of equipment and materials. 2. Include a schedule which includes the critical path for Shop Drawings, tests, and other submittal requirements for equipment and materials. LPATH Berm Erosion 01320-2 Construction Schedules Protection Measures 1.04 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Submit revised schedules and reports when changes are foreseen, when requested by OWNER or ENGINEER, and with each application for progress payment. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of others. 1.05 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. OWNER's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting CONTRACTOR in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. B. It is not to be construed as relieving CONTRACTOR from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-1 Submittals Protection Measures SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements: 1. Where required by the Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall submit descriptive information that will enable the ENGINEER to determine whether the CONTRACTOR’s proposed materials, equipment, methods of work are in general conformance to the design concept and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The information submitted may consist of drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, test results, product data, and such other information, all as specifically required in the Specifications. In some instances, specified submittal information describes some, but not all features of the material, equipment, or method of work. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment, or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. The CONTRACTOR shall verify that all features of all products conform to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the ENGINEER in each case where its submittal may affect the work of another CONTRACTOR or the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure coordination of submittals among the related crafts and subcontractors. 3. Submittals will be reviewed for overall design intent and returned to CONTRACTOR with action to be indicated by the ENGINEER. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to assure that previously accepted documents are destroyed when they are superseded by a resubmittal as such. 4. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to ensure that required items are corrected and resubmitted. Any work done before approval shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s own risk. B. Submittal Procedure: 1. Unless a different number is called for in the individual sections, six (6) copies of each submittal and sample are required, four (4) of which will be retained by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall receive two (2) copies in return. Faxed submittals will not be accepted. 2. Submittals that are related to or affect each other shall be forwarded simultaneously as a package to facilitate coordinated review. Uncoordinated submittals will be rejected. LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-2 Submittals Protection Measures 3. If the items or system proposed are acceptable but the major part of the individual drawings or documents are incomplete or require revision, the submittal will be returned with requirements for completion. 4. The right is reserved for the ENGINEER to require submittals in addition to those called for in individual sections. 5. Submittals regarding material and equipment shall be submitted directly to the ENGINEER and will be accompanied by a transmittal form. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate discrete sections for which the submittal is required. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer’s package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. 6. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: “XXX-Y;” where “XXX” is the originally assigned submittal number and “Y” is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals (i.e., A, B, or C being the first, second and third resubmittals, respectively). Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of Submittal 25. 7. If the CONTRACTOR proposes to provide material, equipment, or method of work that deviates from the Contract Documents, it shall indicate so under “deviations” on the transmittal form accompanying the submittal copies. 8. Submittals that do not have all the information required to be submitted, including deviations, are not acceptable and will be returned without review. C. Review Procedure: 1. Submittals are specified for those features and characteristics of materials, equipment, and methods of operation that can be selected based on the CONTRACTOR’s judgment of their conformance to the requirements of the Drawing and Specifications. Other features and characteristics are specified in a matter that enables the CONTRACTOR to determine acceptable options without submittals. The review procedure is based on the CONTRACTOR’s guarantee that all features and characteristics not requiring submittals conform to the Drawings and Specifications. Review shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to verifying quantities, dimensions, weights or gages, or fabrication processes (except where specifically indicated or required by the Specifications) of separate items, and as such, will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 2. Unless otherwise specified, within twenty-one (21) calendar days after receipt of the submittal, the ENGINEER will review the submittal and return copies. The returned submittal will indicate one of the following actions: LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-3 Submittals Protection Measures a. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method complies with the Specifications, submittal copies will be marked “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN”. In this event, the CONTRACTOR may begin to implement the work method or incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal. b. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked “FURNISH AS NOTED”. The CONTRACTOR may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in Operation and Maintenance data, a corrected copy shall be provided. c. If the review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked “REVISE AND RESUBMIT”. Except at its own risk, the CONTRACTOR shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and returned marked either “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “FURNISH AS NOTED”. d. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method do not comply with the Specifications, copies of the submittal will be marked “REJECTED”. Submittals with deviations that have not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at its own risk, the CONTRACTOR shall not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either ”NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “FURNISH AS NOTED”. D. Drawing: 1. The term “shop drawings” includes drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematic, descriptive literature, illustrations schedules performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by CONTRACTOR to explain in detail specific portions of the work required by the Contract 2. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all such drawings, and review them for legibility, accuracy, completeness and compliance with contract requirements and shall indicate this approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Shop drawing submitted to the ENGINEER without evidence of CONTRACTOR’s approval will be returned for resubmission. 3. Shop drawing shall be clearly identified with the name and project number of this contract, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and contract drawings. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. 4. CONTRACTOR shall stamp his approval on shop drawings prior to submission to the ENGINEER as indication of his checking and verification of dimensions and coordination with interrelated items. Stamp shall read: “(CONTRACTOR’s Name) represents that we have determined and verified all field dimensions and measurements, field construction LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-4 Submittals Protection Measures criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that we have checked with the requirements of the Specifications and Drawings, the Contract Documents, and General Conditions”. Marks on drawings by CONTRACTOR shall not be in red. Any marks by CONTRACTOR shall be duplicated on all copies submitted. 5. If shop drawings show variations from contract requirements, CONTRACTOR shall describe such variations in writing, separate from the drawings, at time of submission. All such variations must be approved by the ENGINEER. If ENGINEER approves any such variations, he shall issue an appropriate contract modification, except that, if the variation is minor and does not involve a change in price or in time of performance, a modification need not be issued. 6. Should the CONTRACTOR propose any item on his shop drawings or incorporate an item into the work, and that item should subsequently prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory, (regardless of the ENGINEER’s preliminary review), the CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, replace the item with another item that will perform satisfactorily. E. Certificates: For those items called for in individual sections, furnish six (6) certificates of compliance from manufacturers or suppliers certifying that materials or equipment being furnished under the Contract comply with the requirements of these Specifications. F. Samples: Samples shall be sufficient in size to clearly illustrate functional characteristics and full range of color, texture, and pattern. G. Effect of Review of CONTRACTOR’s Submittals: Review of drawings, data, methods of work, or information regarding materials or equipment the CONTRACTOR proposes to provide, shall not relieve the contractor of its responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the ENGINEER or the OWNER, or by any officer or employee thereof, and the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim under the Contract on account of the failure or partial failure, of the method of work, material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “FURNISH AS NOTED” shall mean that the OWNER has no objection to the CONTRACTOR, upon its own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-5 Submittals Protection Measures PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-6 Submittals Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-1 Standard References Protection Measures SECTION 01425 STANDARD REFERENCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, or laws or regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard, specifications manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the Contact Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants, agents, or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work. Whenever used in the Contract Documents, the following abbreviations will have the meanings listed: AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capital Street, N.W., Suite 225 Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P. O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AISC American Iron and Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10017 AREMA American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association 8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 1125 Landover, MD 20785 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-2 Standard References Protection Measures ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators 17926 Halstead Homewood, IL 60430 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North LaSalle Street Chicago, IL 60601 CSI Construction Specifications Institute DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Associations EPA Environmental Protection Agency FEDSPEC Federal Specifications General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information Distribution Branch Washington Navy Yard, Building 197 Washington, DC 20407 FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPEC) ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 South Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 MILSPEC Military Specifications Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19120 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NPC National Plumbing Code NSC National Safety Council OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act U.S. Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration San Francisco Regional Office 450 Golden Gate Avenue, Box 30617 PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-3 Standard References Protection Measures PS Products Standards Section - U.S. Depart. of Commerce SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Building News, Inc. 3055 Overhead Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90034 TCA Title Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code Published by ICBO UL Underwriter’s Laboratory 207 East Ohio Street Chicago, IL 60611 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code Published by ICBO UPC Uniform Plumbing Code Published by IAPMO PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-4 Standard References Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01450-1 Materials Testing Protection Measures SECTION 01450 MATERIALS TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide such equipment and facilities as are required for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment found to be acceptable. Any product which becomes unfit for use after approval thereof shall not be incorporated into the work. B. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the OWNER. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), and the American Association of Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). C. Where additional or specific information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The OWNER shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with the following testing: 1. Soils compaction tests. 2. Trench backfill. 3. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site. 4. Concrete tests. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following: 1. Concrete materials and mix designs. 2. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 3. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the Specifications. LPATH Berm Erosion 01450-2 Materials Testing Protection Measures 4. All retesting for work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.02 above. 5. Water quality testing required by discharge permits. 1.04 TRANSMITTAL OF TEST REPORTS Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by CONTRACTOR for ENGINEER’s review of materials and equipment proposed to be used in the work shall be submitted as specified for Shop Drawings. The testing laboratory retained by the OWNER will furnish three (3) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the ENGINEER and one (1) copy to the CONTRACTOR within seven (7) days after each test is completed. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01555-1 Traffic Regulation Protection Measures SECTION 01555 TRAFFIC REGULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. Fort Collins Handbook takes precedence over Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. B. Operations on or about traffic areas and provisions for regulating traffic will be subject to the regulation of governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the affected areas. C. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. D. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. E. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. 1.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. The Traffic Control Plan is to be used as a guideline for the CONTRACTOR. Adjustments to the approved plan may be required by the OWNER based on actual traffic operation. B. Traffic control shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. 1.03 FLAGMEN A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. B. Shall be properly equipped and certified by ATSSA. 1.04 WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTS A. Provide barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment (moving or parked), piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. LPATH Berm Erosion 01555-2 Traffic Regulation Protection Measures C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. D. Barricades and warning signs must be acceptable to the ENGINEER. 1.05 PARKING A. The CONTRACTOR shall designate parking areas with the approval of the OWNER for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the project so as avoid interference with public traffic, OWNER's operations, or construction activities. 1.06 ROADWAY USAGE BETWEEN OPERATIONS A. At all times when work is not actually in progress, CONTRACTOR shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between CONTRACTOR and OWNER and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. 1.07 WORK AREA SAFETY A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a safe work area and protect area residents, motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians, and children from work area hazards. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all work area safety control devices, such as barricades and safety fence around all excavations and drop-offs. C. Work area safety control devices will not be paid for separately. Cost for this equipment should be included in the unit costs for the work items which will require work area safety control devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-1 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options SECTION 01635 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: 1. This section describes the procedure required by the CONTRACTOR for product substitutions. 2. Requests for Substitution: a. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. b. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers, and/or manufacturer’s names. Where this occurs, it is not intended to exclude from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer’s names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated. c. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to the OWNER and ENGINEER. d. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by ENGINEER and the OWNER. 3. Submission of Requests for Substitution: a. After Notice to Proceed, the OWNER/ENGINEER will consider written requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other items. b. The ENGINEER reserves the right to require substitute items to comply color and pattern-wise with base specified items, if necessary to secure “design intent”. c. Submit six (6) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitute with Contract Documents. 2) For products: i. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name. ii. Manufacturer’s literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-2 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options considered: Product description; performance and test data; reference standards; difference in power demand; dimensional differences for specified unit. iii. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and field performance data. 3) For construction methods: i. Detailed description of proposed method. ii. Drawings illustrating methods. 4) Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5) Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6) Relation to separate contracts. 7) Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. d. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, Supplier/Manufacturer represents: 1) He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2) He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product or method specified. 3) He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all aspects. 4) He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently become apparent. 4. Substitutions: a. Request sufficiently in advance to avoid delay in construction. LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-3 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options 5. CONTRACTOR’s Option: a. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards by any manufacturer, indicate selected type in submission. b. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product and manufacturer named, indicate selected type in submission. c. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating option of selecting equivalent products by stating “or equivalent” after specified product, CONTRACTOR must submit request, as required for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 6. Rejection of Substitution or Optional Item: a. Substitutions and/or options will not be considered if: 1) They are indicated or implied on shop drawings, or project data submittals, without formal request submitted in accordance with this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-4 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01650-1 Material Delivery, Protection Measures Storage, and Handling SECTION 01650 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Equipment, products and materials shall be shipped, handled, stored, and installed in ways which will prevent damage to the items. Damaged items will not be permitted as part of the work except in cases of minor damage that have been satisfactorily repaired and are acceptable to the ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01650-2 Material Delivery, Protection Measures Storage, and Handling THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-1 Site Conditions Protection Measures SECTION 01710 SITE CONDITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General: 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, river stages, water flow rates and levels in irrigation ditches and canals or similar physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 2. The CONTRACTOR further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the OWNER or included in these Documents. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 3. The CONTRACTOR warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the OWNER. The OWNER assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract, and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the OWNER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS A. Any information obtained by the ENGINEER regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the ENGINEER upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the ENGINEER nor the OWNER assumes any responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. 1. Differing Subsurface Conditions: a. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-2 Site Conditions Protection Measures differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the ENGINEER in writing of such changed conditions. b. The ENGINEER will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the ENGINEER. If the ENGINEER finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the ENGINEER will recommend to the OWNER the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The OWNER will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. 2. Underground Utilities: a. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the OWNER or the ENGINEER for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Where the CONTRACTOR's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the CONTRACTOR. B. Notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. C. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all utility poles from damage. If interfering power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors are encountered, notify the ENGINEER and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely and directly responsible to the owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-3 Site Conditions Protection Measures E. Neither the OWNER nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the CONTRACTOR for damages as a result of the CONTRACTOR's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. If the CONTRACTOR while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the OWNER, utility, and the ENGINEER in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. H. The CONTRACTOR shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the ENGINEER. 3.02 INTERFERING STRUCTURES A. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. 3.03 FIELD RELOCATION A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the ENGINEER. If existing structures are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the Drawings, notify the ENGINEER before continuing with the construction in order that the ENGINEER may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to so notify the ENGINEER when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. 3.04 EASEMENTS A. Where portions of the work are located on public or private property, easements and permits will be obtained by the OWNER. Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the OWNER. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The CONTRACTOR shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the OWNER, shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as specified herein. The CONTRACTOR shall remove, protect, and replace all fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR will be required to furnish the OWNER with written releases from property owners or public agencies where LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-4 Site Conditions Protection Measures side agreements or special easements have been made by the CONTRACTOR or where the CONTRACTOR's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the OWNER. B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permits will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the CONTRACTOR shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permit has been secured. 3.05 LAND MONUMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of any existing Federal, State, City, County, and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the ENGINEER will have ample opportunity to notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01715-1 Tree, Landscape, Vegetation, Protection Measures and Wetland Protection SECTION 01715 TREE, LANDSCAPE, VEGETATION, AND WETLAND PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work for this section consists of protecting existing trees, landscape, wetlands and adjacent vegetation. The CONTRACTOR must take special care to avoid damaging existing trees and vegetation in areas that do not need to be disturbed to complete construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a plan for on-site haul of materials prior to construction. The plans shall include points of access to and from the site and shall show a workable system of on-site haul routes that protect existing landscaped and wetland areas. This plan shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for his review and comment prior to the commencement of any work. The plan will be discussed with the CONTRACTOR to insure protection of existing vegetation, but the ENGINEER shall not dictate haul routes or construction methods to the CONTRACTOR. Note that the Natural Resources Department may dictate haul routes within the city designated Natural area. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Protected areas will be marked in the field, one time, by the OWNER and ENGINEER. No access of construction vehicles or workers on foot is permitted through protected areas. No material shall be stockpiled; no equipment shall be parked or repaired within these areas. B. Trees and vegetation to be saved that do not fall within the limits of protected areas shall be marked one time in the field by the OWNER and ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall erect fencing if there is risk of damage caused by construction operations. Vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be limited to performing work in areas marked. Through traffic, and stock piling of equipment and materials are not permitted within marked areas. C. No construction roads are to be created within the drop lines of any trees or other vegetation designated to be saved without approval of the ENGINEER. D. All trees which will be preserved, but are within the limits of construction, must be protected from all damage associated with construction. A sturdy, physical barrier (florescent orange in color) must be fixed in place around each tree for the duration of construction. This barrier will be placed no closer than 6 feet from the trunk, or the drip line, whichever is greater. The barrier itself must be fixed so it cannot be moved easily, but the material can be flexible, such as orange snow fence attached to T-posts driven into the ground, and must act as an effective deterrent to deliberate or accidental damage of each tree. Actual materials and location of barrier must be approved by the OWNER’s LPATH Berm Erosion 01715-2 Tree, Landscape, Vegetation, Protection Measures and Wetland Protection representatives (i.e. Utilities and City Forester) and ENGINEER.The cost of these tree protection measures are to be borne solely by the CONTRACTOR. E. The movement or storage of equipment, material, debris, or fill within these required protective barriers is completely prohibited. F. Any trees damaged during construction shall be immediately repaired by an approved tree surgeon. Any tree judged by the ENGINEER to be damaged beyond repair shall be removed at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. For each tree erroneously removed or damaged beyond repair, an assessment shall be immediately withheld from the CONTRACTOR’s progress payments. This assessment shall be equal to the value of the tree prior to damage. This assessment shall be determined by a tree appraiser, selected by the OWNER and paid for by the CONTRACTOR. The cost for hiring the appraiser shall also be withheld from the CONTRACTOR’s progress payments. In addition to the paying of the assessment, the CONTRACTOR shall replace each damaged tree per OWNER’S standards for tree mitigation. G. The CONTRACTOR shall pay an assessment if he disturbs any grasses, shrubs and/or cattails located within the protected areas. The assessment shall not exceed one dollar ($1.00) per square foot of disturbance, and will be immediately withheld from the CONTRACTOR’s progress payments. In addition to the paying of the assessment, the damaged vegetation shall be replaced with an equal value per square foot of damage. Replacements shall be planted in accordance with the provisions outlined in these Specifications. Damaged wetland areas shall be replaced and then seeded with a wetland seed mix in accordance with these Specifications or as directed by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01720-1 Field Engineering Protection Measures and Surveying SECTION 01720 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surveying: 1. The OWNER will provide construction surveying for the project. City Survey Crews will perform the surveying required. 2. The CONTRACTOR must submit a survey request form to the City Surveyors a minimum of 48 hours prior to needing surveying. 3. If the requested surveying cannot be accomplished in the time frame requested by the CONTRACTOR, the survey personnel shall notify the CONTRACTOR with the date on which the requested work will be completed. 4. Should a sudden change in the CONTRACTOR’s operations or schedule require the survey personnel to work overtime, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the additional overtime expense. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all survey monuments and construction stakes. If it is unavoidable to remove a survey monument or construction stakes, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for notifying the Surveyor and allowing enough time for the monuments or stakes to be relocated. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for the cost of restaking construction stakes and for the cost of reestablishing a destroyed monument. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for transferring the information from the construction staked to any necessary forms and for constructing all pipelines, drainage ways, pavements, inlets, walls, and other structures in accordance with the information on the stakes and grade sheets supplied by the OWNER. B. Supervision: The CONTRACTOR shall have supervision, knowledge of the project requirements and proper installation, and construction procedures, available in the field at all times that work is progressing. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01720-2 Field Engineering Protection Measures and Surveying THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-1 Environmental Controls Protection Measures SECTION 01745 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section consists of obtaining permits and providing environmental controls consistent with regulatory permits through the duration of the work required under this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Dust Control: Dust control agents may be necessary in addition to wetting down with water. Dust control agents may be used only after prior approval by the OWNER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Dust Control Application: A. The CONTRACTOR shall execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and apply dust control at all times, including evenings, holidays and weekends, as required to abate dust nuisance on and about the site that is a direct result of construction activities. The use of non-approved chemicals, oil, or similar palliatives will not be allowed. Dust control agents may be used only after prior approval of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to provide sufficient quantities of equipment and personnel for dust control sufficient to prevent dust nuisance on and about the site. C. The OWNER will have authority to order dust control work whenever in its opinion it is required, and there shall be no additional cost to the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be expected to maintain dust control measures effectively whether the OWNER or ENGINEER specifically orders such Work. 3.02 PRESERVATION OF NATURAL FEATURES A. Confine operations as much as possible. Exercise special care to maintain natural surroundings in an undamaged condition. Within the work limits, barricade trees, rock outcroppings, and natural features to be preserved. 3.03 HOUSEKEEPING A. Keep project neat, orderly, and in a safe condition at all times. Store and use equipment, tools, and materials in a manner that does not present a hazard. LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-2 Environmental Controls Protection Measures Immediately remove all rubbish. Do not allow rubbish to accumulate. Provide on- site containers for collection of rubbish and dispose of it at frequent intervals during progress of work. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Disposal of Waste (Unsuitable) Materials: All material determined by the ENGINEER to be waste will be disposed of in approved landfill in a manner meeting all regulations. Dispose of waste materials, legally, at public or private dumping areas. Do not bury wastes inside of the limits of construction. All costs for dump fees, permits, etc., to be borne by the CONTRACTOR. B. Disposal of Garbage and Other Construction Materials: Provide sanitary containers/dumpsters and haul away contents such that no overflow exists. C. Excess excavation shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be legally disposed of by him outside the limits of construction to an approved disposal site. Excess excavated material suitable for backfill shall not be disposed of until all backfill operations are complete. D. The CONTRACTOR is to immediately inform ENGINEER of any hazardous materials encountered during construction. Dispose of waste materials legally at private or public facilities. 3.05 BURNING A. No burning of debris will be permitted. 3.06 WATER CONTROL A. The project work is located within a natural drainage course is subject to periodic flooding due to rainfall and snowmelt, flows for adjacent developed areas and storm water pipes and ground water flows from saturated soils or other ground water sources. Refer to Section 02240 for Water Control and Dewatering requirements. 3.07 NOISE CONTROL A. All mechanical equipment shall be equipped with the best available mufflers to reduce noise. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits and shall limit noise to the permitted levels. Noise level monitoring shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary to show that the permitted levels are not being exceeded. 3.08 PERMITS A. All work must be performed in accordance with all applicable regulatory permits. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to obtain a Groundwater Discharge (402) Permit from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment for any dewatering operations that will be discharged into any LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-3 Environmental Controls Protection Measures drainageways, open channels, or irrigation ditches. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any testing required under the 402 Permit. It shall also be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to apply for and obtain a State of Colorado Stormwater Discharge Permit. All costs for this permit shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. B. The OWNER will obtain the following permits: • (None) C. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to prepare and obtain an approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan from the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR must obtain all other applicable permits. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-4 Environmental Controls Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01780-1 Contract Closeout Protection Measures SECTION 01780 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The following project closeout procedure defines the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR, OWNER, and ENGINEER in closing the project: Step 1: CONTRACTOR advises the ENGINEER in writing that he has reached "Substantial Completion" and provides a list of items to be completed or corrected. Closeout may be conducted by areas or portions of the work if requested by the OWNER. Step 2: ENGINEER inspects the work to determine if it is substantially complete, and issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion plus a "Punch List" of items to be completed or corrected. Substantial Completion - Definition 1. Reference General Conditions, Substantial Completion Step 3: CONTRACTOR completes and/or corrects all punch list items and notifies the ENGINEER in writing that his work is ready for final inspection. At this time, a final application for payment is submitted. Step 4: ENGINEER makes final inspection. When the work is found to be acceptable under the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, the ENGINEER will issue a final Certificate for Payment. B. Final Paperwork: Prior to Final Payment and Acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver the following items to the ENGINEER: 1. CONTRACTOR's Two-Year Correction Period. 2. All Guarantees, Warranties and Submittals, as specified. 3. Receipts for Extra Materials Delivered to the OWNER. 4. Final Application for Payment. 5. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 6. CONTRACTOR's Affidavit of Release of Liens. 7. Releases from Property Owners for Special Easements. 8. Project Record Documents. LPATH Berm Erosion 01780-2 Contract Closeout Protection Measures 9. Red-lined as-built drawings (a.k.a. “Drawings of Record” or “Record Drawings”). C. Definition for Substantial Completion 1. All of the following work must be completed: a. North and South spills completed including concrete sills, concrete block revetment mats, and backfilling. b. All cut/fill work along the top of the berm at both spill locations completed. c. All final grading completed at the borrow sites. d. All buried riprap in place, and all ground preparation completed. D. Definition for Final Completion 1. All Work must be complete for Final Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK SECTION 02230 CLEARING AND GRUBBING SECTION 02235 NATIVE SOIL SECTION 02236 TOPSOIL SECTION 02240 WATER CONTROL AND DEWATERING SECTION 02315 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SECTION 02371 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SECTION 02375 RIPRAP SECTION 02376 CONCRETE RUBBLE SECTION 02700 CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS FOR OVERTOPPING APPLICATIONS SECTION 02921 GROUND PREPARATION FOR SEEDING LPATH Berm Erosion 02230-1 Clearing and Grubbing Protection Measures SECTION 02230 CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work consists of clearing, grubbing, removing, and disposing of vegetation and debris within the limits of the project site as shown on the Drawings and as required by the Work. Vegetation and objects designated to remain shall be preserved free from injury or defacement. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02315 - Excavation and Embankment PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The OWNER will designate all trees, shrubs, plants, and other objects to remain. Any object that is designated to remain and is damaged shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the OWNER, at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Clearing and grubbing shall extend to the toe of fill or the top of cut slopes, unless otherwise designated. All surface objects, trees, stumps, roots, and other protruding obstructions not designated to remain shall be cleared and grubbed, including mowing, as required. Undisturbed stumps, roots, and nonperishable solid objects located two feet or more below subgrade or embankment slope may remain in place. In areas to be rounded at the tops of backslopes, stumps shall be removed to at least two feet below the surface of the final slope line. Except in areas to be excavated, all holes resulting from the removal of obstructions shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted in accordance with Section 02315. No material or debris shall be disposed of within the project limits. All cleared timber shall be removed from the project and shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR. All trimming shall be done in accordance with good tree surgery practices. The maximum tree diameter included for removal in this section shall be 12 inches. The CONTRACTOR shall scalp the areas within the excavation or embankment grading limits. Scalping shall include the removal from the ground surface of sawdust, and other vegetation matter. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02230-2 Clearing and Grubbing Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02235-1 Native Soil Protection Measures SECTION 02235 NATIVE SOIL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work consists of stripping, salvaging and stockpiling native soil, and excavating suitable native soil from stockpiles, contractor sources, available sources, or from the approved natural ground cover to place on designated areas. It shall include the placing of native soil upon constructed cut and fill slopes after grading operations are completed. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Native soil shall consist of loose friable loam free of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to its use on the project. Native soil shall consist of natural on- site ground cover or hauled material from off-site sources. Wetland native soil material shall consist of moist organic soil, including any existing wetland vegetation and seeds, to be excavated from areas as directed by the ENGINEER or OWNER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Native soil within the limits of the project shall be salvaged prior to beginning hauling, excavating, or fill operations by excavating and stockpiling the material at designated locations in a manner that will minimize sediment damage, and not obstruct natural drainage. Native soil shall be placed directly upon completed cut and fill slopes whenever conditions and the progress of construction will permit. B. No soil stockpile shall exceed ten (10) feet in height. All soil stockpiles shall be protected from sediment transport by surface roughening, watering, and perimeter silt fencing. Any soil stockpile remaining after 30 days shall be seeded and mulched. C. Native soil shall be placed at locations and to the thickness provided in the Contract Documents and shall be keyed to the underlying material by the use of harrows, rollers, or other suitable equipment. LPATH Berm Erosion 02235-2 Native Soil Protection Measures D. Water shall be applied to the native soil as designated in the Contract Documents, in a fine spray by nozzles or spray bars so the native soil areas will not be washed or eroded. E. Salvaged native soil exceeding the quantity required under the Contract shall be disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. F. Wetland native soil material shall be excavated from designated areas to a minimum depth of 18 inches, or as otherwise designated. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the relocation site to elevations specified and approved by the ENGINEER prior to excavating the wetlands. If the ENGINEER determines that this is not possible, then the CONTRACTOR shall stockpile the material in an approved area, to remain undisturbed until the relocation site has been prepared. Storage time within the stockpile shall be as short as possible. If deemed necessary by the ENGINEER, the stockpile will be protected in such a manner to preserve the wetland seed bank. Wetland native soil material shall be placed over the prepared relocation areas to a depth of 18 inches, or as otherwise designated. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02236-1 Topsoil Protection Measures SECTION 02236 TOPSOIL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work consists of delivering topsoil to the site. It shall include the placing of topsoil in approved stockpiles. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall consist of loose friable loam free of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to its use on the project. Topsoil shall consist of hauled material from off-site sources. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Topsoil shall be delivered to the site and place in approved stockpile locations. B. No soil stockpile shall exceed ten (10) feet in height. All soil stockpiles shall be protected from sediment transport by surface roughening, watering, and perimeter silt fencing. Any soil stockpile remaining after 30 days shall be seeded and mulched. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02236-2 Topsoil Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-1 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures SECTION 02240 WATER CONTROL AND DEWATERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section consists of controlling groundwater, site drainage, and storm flows during construction. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the work involves construction in and around drainage channels, local streams or rivers, and areas of local drainage. These areas are subject to frequent periodic inundation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankments PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. On-site materials may be used within the limits of construction to construct temporary dams and berms. The materials such as plastic sheeting, sand bags, and storm sewer pipe may also be used if desired by the CONTRACTOR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. General: For all excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable equipment and labor to remove water, and he shall keep the excavation dewatered so that construction can be carried on under dewatered conditions where required by the Drawings and Specifications. Water control shall be accomplished such that no damage is done to adjacent channel banks or structures. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for investigating and familiarizing himself with all site conditions that may affect the work including surface water, level of groundwater and the time of year the work is to be done. All excavations made as part of dewatering operations shall be backfilled with the same type material as was removed and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) except where replacement by other materials and/or methods are required. The cost for this excavation and backfilling shall be included in the Construction Dewatering bid item. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct his operation in such a manner that storm or other waters may proceed uninterrupted along their existing drainage courses. By submitting a bid, the CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he has investigated the risk arising from such waters and has prepared his bid accordingly, and assumes all of said risk. At no time during construction shall the CONTRACTOR affect existing surface or subsurface drainage patterns of adjacent property. Any damage to adjacent property resulting from the CONTRACTOR’s alteration of surface or subsurface drainage patterns shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary water control facilities when they are no longer needed or at the completion of the project. LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-2 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures Pumps and generators used for dewatering and water control shall be quiet equipment enclosed in sound deadening devices. B. Surface Water Control: Surface water control generally falls in to the following categories: 1. Normal low flows along the channel; 2. Storm/flood flows along the channel; 3. Flows from existing storm drain pipelines; and, 4. Local surface inflows not conveyed by pipelines. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate, evaluate, design, construct, and maintain temporary water conveyance systems. These systems shall not worsen flooding, alter major flow paths, or worsen flow characteristics during construction. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to ensure that any such worsening of flooding does not occur. The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for determining the methods and adequacy of water control measures. At a minimum, the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for diverting the quantity of surface flow around the construction area so that the excavations will remain free of surface water for the time it takes to install these materials, and the time required for curing of any concrete or grout. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the minimum quantity of water to be diverted is for erosion control and construction purposes and not for general protection of the construction-site. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the quantity of water which shall be diverted to protect his work from damage caused by storm water. The CONTRACTOR shall, at all times, maintain a flow path for all channels. Temporary structures such as berms, sandbags, pipeline diversions, etc., may be permitted for the control of channel flow, as long as such measures are not a major obstruction to flood flows, do not worsen flooding, or alter historic flow routes. C. Groundwater Control: The CONTRACTOR shall install adequate measures to maintain the level of groundwater below the foundation subgrade elevation and maintain sufficient bearing capacity for all structures, pipelines, earthwork, and rock work. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, installation of perimeter subdrains, pumping from drilled holes or by pumping from sumps excavated below the subgrade elevation. The foundation bearing surfaces are to be kept dewatered and stable until the structures or other types of work are complete and backfilled. Disturbance of foundation subgrade by CONTRACTOR operations shall not be considered as originally unsuitable foundation subgrade and shall be repaired at CONTRACTOR’s expense. Any temporary dewatering trenches or well points shall be restored following dewatering operations to reduce permeability in those areas as approved by the ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR is to restore any areas disturbed by the dewatering operations to their original condition. LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-3 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures D. Contaminated Groundwater Control: CONTRACTOR shall not discharge contaminated water exceeding local, State and/or Federal limits to above ground channels or watercourses. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-4 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-1 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures SECTION 02315 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final grades, excluding the bid items included in Section 02220. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. This work shall consist of excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of the work, and not being completed under some other item, necessary for the construction of the project in accordance with the Specifications and the lines, grades, and typical cross-sections shown on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, “unclassified excavation”, or “muck excavation” or “rock excavation”, as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified “embankment material” as hereafter described. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-2 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Final topography and/or cross-sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Embankment material may consist of approved material acquired from excavations or material hauled from outside the project limits. Suitable material identified on-site shall be used first for embankments and backfill. Excess excavated native soils which are not used as embankment or backfill shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be disposed of off-site by the CONTRACTOR, in a location acceptable to the ENGINEER. B. Muck excavation encountered in all areas shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on-site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL EXCAVATION/EMBANKMENT A. General: The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Where bituminous or concrete surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than 0.04 feet. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. Prior to beginning grading operations in any area, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that area shall have been performed in accordance with Section 02230 of these Specifications. When the CONTRACTOR’s excavating operations encounter remains of pre-historic people’s dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. B. Excavation: 1. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-3 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures within the limit of the work is considered unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as “anything that is not earth which exists at the job site”. 2 . Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. 3. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. C. Embankment Construction: Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on-site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On-site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) ½-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 – 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 – 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min) • Liquid Limit 35 (max) • Plasticity Index 20 (max) • In-Situ Coefficient of Permeability 1x10-6 cm/sec Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-4 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures On-site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On-site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2% below, to 2% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be “keyed” into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the optimum moisture content and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments. During the construction of channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-5 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR’s sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR’ expense. D. Proof rolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES A. Poor foundation material for any of the work shall be removed, by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will be compensated for removal and replacement of such materials in accordance with Muck Excavation. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that construction equipment may cause the natural soils to pump or deform while performing excavation work inside and on footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure foundation areas. Foundation materials which are: a) saturated by either surface or subsurface flows due to the lack of adequate water control or dewatering work by the CONTRACTOR; b) frozen for any reason; or, c) that are disturbed by the CONTRACTOR’s work or caused to become unacceptable for foundation material purposes by means of the CONTRACTOR’s equipment, manpower, or methods of work shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Dewatering should not be conducted by pumping from inside footing, structural floor slab, or other structure foundation limits. This may decrease the supporting capacity of the soils. Care should be taken when excavating the foundations to avoid disturbing the supporting materials. Excavation by either hand or careful backhoe soil removal, may be required in excavating the last few inches of material to obtain the subgrade of any item of the concrete work. Any over-excavated subgrades that are due to the CONTRACTOR’s actions, shall be brought back to subgrade elevations by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense in the following manner: LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-6 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures 1. For over-excavations of 2 inches or less, either: Backfill and compact with an approved granular materials; backfill with 1/2 inch crushed rock; or fill within concrete at the time of the appurtenant structure concrete pour. 2. For over-excavations greater than 2 inches, backfill and compact with an approved granular material. All granular footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure areas shall be compacted with a vibratory plate compactor prior to placement of concrete, reinforcing, or bedding materials. B. Backfill, and fill within 2 feet of and adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non-swelling material. It shall be granular, well graded, and free from stones larger than 3 inches. Material may be job excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined by the ENGINEER. Refer to the Drawings for job specific requirements. Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavation shall be used for backfilling unless an impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill material shall consist of either clean on-site granular materials free of stones larger than 3 inches in diameter with no more than 20% passing the No. 200 sieve, or equivalent imported materials. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in 8-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) for cohesive soils, or to 70% relative density for pervious material as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253. When specified on the Drawings or as required by the ENGINEER, Class I structural backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: % by Weight Passing Sieve Size Square Mesh Sieves 2-Inch 100 No. 4 30 - 100 No. 50 10 – 60 No. 200 5 – 20 In addition, this material shall have a liquid limit not exceeding 35 and a plasticity index of not over 6. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-1 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work shall consist of temporary measures needed to control erosion and water pollution. These temporary measures shall include, but not be limited to, berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, netting, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains and other erosion control devices or methods. These temporary measures shall be installed at the locations where needed to control erosion and water pollution during the construction of the project, and as directed by the ENGINEER, and as shown on the Drawings. B. The erosion control measures presented in the Drawings serves as a minimum for the requirements of erosion control during construction. The CONTRACTOR has the ultimate responsibility for providing adequate erosion control and water quality throughout the duration of the project. Therefore, if the provided plan is not working sufficiently to protect the project areas, then the CONTRACTOR shall provide additional measures as required to obtain the required protection. The CONTRACTOR shall include in his bid price for erosion control a minimum of all items shown on the Erosion Control Plan and any additional items that may be needed to control erosion and water pollution. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Construction schedule for Erosion Control per subsection 3.01 B. Sequencing Plan per subsection 3.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials may include hay bales, straw, fiber mats, fiber netting, wood cellulose, fiber fabric, gravel and other suitable materials, and shall be reasonably clean, free of deleterious materials, and certified weed free. All materials shall be submitted for approval prior to installation. B. Temporary grass cover (if required) shall be a quick growing species suitable to the area, which will provide temporary cover and will not later compete with the grasses sown for permanent cover. All grass seed shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. C. Fertilizer and soil conditioners shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-2 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. When so indicated in the Contract Documents, or when directed by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare construction schedules for accomplishing temporary erosion control work. These schedules shall be applicable to clearing and grubbing, grading, structural work, construction, etc. He shall also submit for acceptance his proposed method of erosion control on haul roads and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste material. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operations have been accepted. B. The CONTRACTOR will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule. Temporary erosion control measures will then be used to correct conditions that develop during construction. C. The erosion control features installed by the CONTRACTOR shall be adequately maintained by him until the project is accepted. D. In the event of conflict between these requirements and erosion and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal, State or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or regulations shall apply. 3.02 PERMITS AND COMPLIANCE A. The CONTRACTOR must apply for and obtain a Construction Dewatering Permit 402 from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. All costs for this permit shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. This permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. The CONTRACTOR is legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the permit including testing for effluent limitations. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment or other representatives to enter the site to test for compliance with the permit. Non compliance with the permit can result in stoppage of all work. The CONTRACTOR must apply for and obtain a State of Colorado Stormwater Discharge Permit. All costs for this permit shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. This permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. The CONTRACTOR is legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the permit. Non compliance with the permit can result in stoppage of all work. In addition to permit requirements, the OWNER shall also monitor the CONTRACTOR’s erosion control and work methods. If the overall function and intent of erosion control is not being met, then the OWNER shall require the CONTRACTOR to provide additional measures as required to obtain the desired results. Costs for any additional erosion control measures shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, since he has the ultimate responsibility for providing adequate erosion control and water quality for the duration of the project. LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-3 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures 3.03 STABILIZATION OF DISTURBED AREAS A. Temporary sediment control measures shall be established within 5 days from time of exposure/disturbance. Permanent erosion protection measures shall be established within 5 days after final grading of areas. 3.04 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES A. Properties adjacent to the site of a land disturbance shall be protected from sediment deposition. In addition to the erosion control measures required on the Drawings, perimeter controls may be required if damage to adjacent properties is likely. Perimeter controls include, but are not limited to, a vegetated buffer strip around the lower perimeter of the land disturbance, sediment barriers such as straw bales and silt fences; sediment basins; or a combination of such measures. Vegetated buffer strips may be used only where runoff in sheet flow is expected and should be at least 20 feet in width. 3.05 TIMING AND STABILIZATION OF SEDMENT AND EROSION CONTROL MEASURES A. Sediment barriers, perimeter dikes, and other measures intended to either trap sediment or prevent runoff from flowing over disturbed areas must be constructed as a first step in grading and be made functional before land disturbance takes place. Earthen structures such as dams, dikes, and diversions must be stabilized within 5 days of installation. Stormwater outlets must also be stabilized prior to any upstream land disturbing activities. 3.06 STABILIZATION OF WATERWAYS AND OUTLETS A. All on-site stormwater conveyance channels used by the CONTRACTOR for temporary erosion control purposes shall be designed and constructed with adequate capacity and protection to prevent erosion during storm and runoff events. Stabilization adequate to prevent erosion shall also be provided at the outlets of all pipes and channels. 3.07 STORM SEWER INLET PROTECTION A. All storm sewer inlets which are made operable during construction or which drain stormwater runoff from a construction site shall be protected from sediment deposition by the use of filters. 3.08 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERCOURSES AND WETLANDS A. Construction vehicles should be kept out of watercourses to the extent possible. Where in-channel work is necessary, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during construction to minimize erosion. The channel (including bed and banks) must always be restabilized immediately after in-channel work is completed. B. Where a live (wet) watercourse must be crossed by construction vehicles during construction, a temporary crossing must be provided for this purpose. If the crossing involves a pipe or other type of conduit placed in the watercourse, the pipe shall be sized to allow unrestricted passage of all flows anticipated to be carried by the LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-4 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures watercourse. Likewise, installation of a span-type crossing across the watercourse shall be placed so no restriction of anticipated flows occur. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROUTES A. Wherever construction vehicles enter or leave a construction site, a stabilized construction entrance and Tracking Pad are required. Where sediment is transported onto a public road surface, the roads shall be cleaned thoroughly at the end of each day. Sediment shall be removed from roads by shoveling or sweeping and be transported to a sediment controlled disposal area. Street washing shall be allowed only after sediment is removed in this manner. 3.10 DISPOSITION OF TEMPORARY MEASURES A. All temporary erosion and sediment control measures shall be disposed of within 30 days after final site stabilization is achieved or after the temporary measures are no longer needed as determined by the OWNER. Trapped sediment and other disturbed soil areas resulting from the disposition of temporary measures shall be permanently stabilized to prevent further erosion. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. All temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control practices must be maintained and repaired as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. 3.12 SEQUENCING A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a sequencing plan for approval for erosion control in conformance with his overall Construction Plan for approval by the OWNER. Changes to the Erosion Control Sequencing Plan may be considered by the OWNER only if presented in writing by the CONTRACTOR. 3.13 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES A. At the time specified in the Contract Documents, and subject to compliance with specified materials and installation requirements, the CONTRACTOR will receive a Substantial Completion Certificate for temporary erosion control measures. 3.14 MAINTENANCE OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for maintaining temporary erosion control measures as specified in the Drawings and Contract Documents until such time as the disturbed drainage area has stabilized as determined by the ENGINEER and the OWNER. 3.15 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES A. After the ENGINEER and OWNER have determined that the drainage area has stabilized, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all remaining temporary erosion control LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-5 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures measures. Any damage to the site shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and at no cost to the OWNER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-6 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-1 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment SECTION 02371 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Geotextile to prevent soil loss resulting in excessive scour and to prevent hydraulic uplift pressures causing instability of energy absorbing armor permanent erosion control system. This specification does not apply to other types of geosynthetic soil erosion control materials such as turf reinforcement mats. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02700 – Concrete Block Revetment 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO Standards: 1. T88 - Particle Size Analysis of Soils 2. T90 - Determining the Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils 3. T99 - The Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5lb (2.5 kg) Rammer and a 12in (305 mm) Drop. 4. M288-96 - Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. D 123 - Standard Terminology Relating to Textiles 2. D 276 - Test Method for Identification of Fibers in Textiles 3. D 3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics 4. D 4354 - Practice for Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing 5. D 4355 - Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles from Exposure to Ultraviolet Light and Water (Xenon-Arc Type Apparatus) 6. D 4439 - Terminology for Geotextiles 7. D 4491 - Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity 8. D 4533 - Test Method for Index Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 9. D 4595 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Geotextiles by the Wide- Width Strip Method LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-2 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 10. D 4632 - Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 11. D 4751 - Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile 12. D 4759 - Practice for Determining the Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics 13. D 4833 - Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products 14. D 4873 - Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geotextiles 15. D 5141 - Test Method to Determine Filtering Efficiency and Flow Rate for Silt Fence Applications Using Site Specific Soils C. Texas Department of Transportation, Manual of Testing Procedures: 1. TEX 616-J - Asphalt Retention and Potential Change of Area D. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) - Geosynthetic Design and Construction Guidelines, Publication No. FHWA HI-95-038, May 1995. E. American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA). F. Geosynthetic Accreditation Institute (GAl) - Laboratory Accreditation Program (LAP). G. National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP). 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Average Roll Value (MARV): Property value calculated as typical minus two standard deviations. Statistically, it yields a 97.7 percent degree of confidence that any sample taken during quality assurance testing will exceed value reported. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Certification: The contractor shall provide to the Engineer a certificate stating the name of the manufacturer, product name, style number, chemical composition of the filaments or yarns and other pertinent information to fully describe the geotextile. The Certification shall state that the furnished geotextile meets MARV requirements of the specification as evaluated under the Manufacturer's quality control program. The Certification shall be attested to by a person having legal authority to bind the Manufacturer. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-3 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Geosynthetic Accreditation Institute (GAI)- Laboratory Accreditation Program (LAP) 2. American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Geotextiles labeling, shipment, and storage shall follow ASTM D 4873. Product labels shall clearly show the manufacturer or supplier name, style name, and roll number. B. Each geotextile roll shall be wrapped with a material that will protect the geotextile from damage due to shipment, water, sunlight, and contaminants. C. During storage, geotextile rolls shall be elevated off the ground and adequately covered to protect them from the following: site construction damage, precipitation, extended ultraviolet radiation including sunlight, chemicals that are strong acids or strong bases, flames including welding sparks, excess temperatures, and any other environmental conditions that may damage the physical property values of the geotextile. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Mirafi Construction Products or approved equal 365 South Holland Drive Pendergrass, GA, USA 30567 1-888-795-0808 1-706-693-2226 1-706-693-2083, fax www.mirafi.com or approved equal 2.02 MATERIALS A. Geotextile: 1. The geotextile shall be manufactured with fibers consisting of long-chain synthetic polymers composed of at least 95 percent by weight of polyolefins or polyesters. They shall form a stable network such that the filaments or yarns retain their dimensional stability relative to each other, including selvages. 2. Woven slit film geotextiles (i.e., geotextiles made from yarns of a flat, tape- like character) shall not be allowed. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-4 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 3. The geotextile shall meet the requirements of Table 1. All numeric values in Table 1 except AOS represent MARV in the weakest principal direction. Values for AOS represent maximum average roll values. Table 1 - Permanent Erosion Control Geotextile Property Test Method Units Elongation < 50%1 Grab Tensile Strength ASTM D 4632 N (lbs) 1100 (247) Sewn Seam Strength2 ASTM D 4632 N (lbs) 990 (222) Tear Strength3 ASTM D 4533 N (lbs) 400 (90) Puncture Strength ASTM D 4833 N (lbs) 400 (90) Burst Strength ASTM D 3786 kPa (psi) 2700 (391) Permittivity ASTM D 4991 sec-1 0.7 Apparent Opening Size ASTM D 4751 mm (U.S. Sieve) 0.43 max (40) Ultraviolet Stability4 ASTM D 4355 % 50 1 A measured in accordance with ASTM D 4632 2 When sewn seams are required. 3 The required MARV Tear Strength for woven monofilament geotextiles is 250 N (56 lbs) 4 After 500 hrs 4. Approved geotextiles are as follows: Elongation < 50%: Mirafi Filterweave 400 2.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturing Quality Control: Testing shall be performed at a laboratory accredited by GAI-LAP and A2LA for tests required for the geotextile, at frequency meeting or exceeding ASTM D 4354. B. Geotextile properties, other than Sewn Seam Strength, Burst Strength, and Ultraviolet Stability shall be tested by NTPEP to verify conformance with this specification. C. Sewn Seam Strength shall be verified based on testing of either conformance samples obtained using Procedure A of ASTM D 4354, or based on manufacturer's certifications and testing of quality assurance samples obtained using Procedure B of ASTM D 4354. A lot size for conformance or quality assurance sampling shall be considered to be the shipment quantity of the given product or a truckload of the given product, whichever is smaller. D. Ultraviolet Stability shall be verified by an independent laboratory on the geotextile or a geotextile of similar construction and yarn type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. The installation site shall be prepared by clearing, grubbing, and excavation or filling the area to the design grade. This includes removal of topsoil and vegetation. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-5 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The geotextile shall be placed in intimate contact with the soils without wrinkles or folds and anchored on a smooth graded surface approved by the Engineer. The geotextile shall be placed in such a manner that placement of the overlying materials will not excessively stretch so as to tear the geotextile. Anchoring of the terminal ends of the geotextile shall be accomplished through the use of key trenches or aprons at the crest and toe of the slope. B. The geotextile shall be placed with the machine direction parallel to the direction of water flow which is normally parallel to the slope for erosion control runoff and wave action, and parallel to the stream or channel in the case of streambank and channel protection. Adjacent geotextile sheets shall be joined by either sewing or overlapping. Overlapped seams of roll ends shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in) except where placed under water. In such instances the overlap shall be a minimum of 1 m (3.28 ft). Overlaps of adjacent rolls shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in) in all instances. C. When overlapping, successive sheets of the geotextile shall be overlapped upstream over downstream, and/or upslope over downslope. In cases where wave action or multidirectional flow is anticipated, all seams perpendicular to the direction of flow shall be sewn. D. Care shall be taken during installation so as to avoid damage occurring to the geotextile as a result of the installation process. Should the geotextile be damaged during installation, a geotextile patch shall be placed over the damaged area extending 1 m (3.28 ft) beyond the perimeter of the damage. E. The armor system placement shall begin at the toe and proceed up the slope. Placement shall take place so as to avoid stretching and subsequent tearing of the geotextile. Riprap and heavy stone filling shall not be dropped from a height of more than 300 mm (12 in). Stone with a mass of more than 100 kg (220 lbm) shall not be allowed to roll down the slope. F. Slope protection and smaller sizes of stone filling shall not be dropped from a height exceeding 1 m (3.28 ft), or a demonstration provided showing that the placement procedures will not damage the geotextile. In underwater applications, the geotextile and backfill material shall be placed the same day. All void spaces in the armor stone shall be backfilled with small stone to ensure full coverage. G. Following placement of the armor stone, grading of the slope shall not be permitted if the grading results in movement of the stone directly above the geotextile. H. Field monitoring shall be performed to verify that the armor system placement does not damage the geotextile. I. Any geotextile damaged during backfill placement shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer, at the contractor's expense. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-6 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-1 Riprap Protection Measures SECTION 02375 RIPRAP PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section shall include excavation, grading and installation of all riprap, and bedding placed at the locations shown on the Drawings. The materials to be used for the construction of such structures shall be as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering B. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the ENGINEER in obtaining and providing samples of all specified materials. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified laboratory test certificates for all items required in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Riprap: Riprap used shall be the type designated on the Drawings and shall conform to the following: Riprap Designation % Smaller Than Given Size By Weight Intermediate Rock Dimension (Inches) d50 * (Inches) Type VL (Class 6) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 12 9 6 2 6 Type L (Class 9) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 15 12 9 3 9 Type M (Class 12) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 21 18 12 4 12 LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-2 Riprap Protection Measures Type H (Class 18) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 30 24 18 6 18 Type VH (Class 24) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 42 33 24 9 24 * d50 = Mean Particle Size 1. The riprap designation and total thickness of riprap shall be as shown on the Drawings. The maximum stone size shall not be larger than the thickness of the riprap. 2. The specific gravity of the riprap shall be 2.65 or greater. 3. Neither width nor thickness of a single stone of riprap shall be less than 1/3 of its length. 4. Broken concrete or asphalt pavement shall not be acceptable for use in the work. Rounded riprap (river rock) is not acceptable unless specifically designated on the Drawings. 5. The color of the riprap shall be as approved by the OWNER prior to delivery to the project site. Color shall be consistent on the entire project and shall match the color of rock to be used for all other portions of the work. Color required for this project shall be green-gray rock. 6. Minimum density for acceptable riprap shall be 165 pounds per cubic foot. The specific gravity shall be according to the bulk-saturated, surface-dry basis, AASHTO T85. 7. The riprap shall have a percentage loss of not more than 40 percent after 500 revolutions when tested in the Los Angeles machine in accordance with AASHTO Test T96. 8. The riprap shall have a percentage loss of not more than 10 percent after 5 cycles when tested in accordance with AASHTO Test T104 for ledge rock using sodium sulfate. 9. The riprap shall have a percentage loss of not more than 10 percent after 12 cycles of freezing and thawing when tested in accordance with AASHTO Test T103 for ledge rock, procedure A. 10. Rock shall be free of calcite intrusions. 11. Each load of riprap shall be reasonably well graded from the smallest to the largest size specified. Stones smaller than the 2-10 percent size will not be permitted in an amount exceeding 10 percent by weight of each load. LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-3 Riprap Protection Measures Control of gradation will be by visual inspection. However in the event the ENGINEER determines the riprap to be unacceptable, the ENGINEER will pick 2 random truck loads to be dumped and checked for gradation. Mechanical equipment and labor needed to assist in checking gradation shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost. B. Bedding: 1. Gradation for Granular Bedding U.S. Standard Percent by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves Sieve Size Type I Type II 3 Inch 90 - 100 1-½ Inch ¾ Inch 20 - 90 3/8 Inch 100 No. 4 95 – 100 0 - 20 No. 16 45 - 80 No. 50 10 - 30 No. 100 2 - 10 No. 200 0 - 2 0 - 3 Granular bedding designation and total thickness of bedding shall be as shown on the Drawings. Granular bedding shall meet the same requirements for specific gravity, absorption, abrasion, sodium sulfate soundness, and freeze-thaw durability as required for riprap and specified above. C. Geotextile Fabric: Where soil conditions dictate, geotextile fabric shall be placed directly on excavated slopes, channel beds, etc. prior to the placement of any riprap bedding or riprap. The extent and location of geotextile placement will be shown on the Drawings. Geotextile fabric shall be Trevira S1120 or approved equal under all riprap. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Channel slopes, bottoms, or other areas that are to be protected with riprap shall be free of brush, trees, stumps, and other objectionable material and be graded to a smooth compacted surface. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate areas to receive riprap to the subgrade for granular bedding. The subgrade for bedding materials shall be stable. If unsuitable materials are encountered, they shall be removed and replaced as Muck Excavation in accordance with Section 02315 of the Specifications. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of from the site by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. After an acceptable subgrade for granular bedding material is established, the bedding shall be immediately placed and leveled to the subgrade elevation. Immediately following this, the riprap shall be placed. If bedding material is disturbed for any reason, it shall be replaced and graded at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. In-place bedding materials shall not be contaminated with soils, debris or LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-4 Riprap Protection Measures vegetation before the riprap is placed. If contaminated, the bedding material shall be removed and replaced at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Following acceptable placement of geotextile fabric, granular bedding, riprap placement shall commence as follows: 1. Machine Placed Riprap: Riprap shall be placed on the prepared slope or channel bottom areas in a manner which will produce a reasonably well- graded mass of stone with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. Riprap shall be machine placed, unless otherwise stipulated in the Drawings or Specifications. When riprap is placed on slopes, placement shall commence at the bottom of the slopes working up the slope. Place the riprap in a stepped fashion with the bottom of the uphill riprap below the top of the downhill riprap by half of the height of the riprap minimum. The entire mass of riprap shall be placed on either channel slopes or bottoms so as to be in conformance with the required gradation mixtures and to lines, grades, and thickness shown on the Drawings. Riprap shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying bedding material. Placing of riprap in layers, or by dumping into chutes, or by similar methods shall not be permitted. All material going into riprap protection for channel slopes or bottoms shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large accumulations of either the larger or smaller sizes of stone. Some hand placement may be required to achieve this distribution. It is the intent of these Specifications to produce a fairly compact riprap protection in which all sizes of material are placed in their proper proportions. Unless otherwise authorized by the ENGINEER, the riprap protection shall be placed in conjunction with the construction of embankments or channel bottoms with only sufficient delay in construction of the riprap protection, as may be necessary, to allow for proper construction of the portion of the embankment and channel bottom which is to be protected. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the riprap protection until accepted. Any material displaced for any reason shall be replaced to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings at no additional cost to the OWNER. If the bedding materials are removed or disturbed, such material shall be replaced prior to replacing the displaced riprap. 2. Hand Placed Riprap: Hand placed riprap shall be performed during machine placement of riprap and shall conform to all the requirements of Section 02375 PART 1 above. Hand placed riprap shall also be required when the depth of riprap is less than 2 times the nominal stone size, or when required by the Drawings or Specifications. After the riprap has been placed, hand placing or rearranging of individual stones by mechanical equipment shall be required to the extent necessary to LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-5 Riprap Protection Measures secure a flat uniform surface and the specified depth of riprap, to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. 3. Soil Replacement In and Over Riprap: Where riprap is designated to be buried, place onsite excavated material that is free from trash and organic matter in riprap voids by washing and rodding. Prevent excessive washing of material into stream. When voids are filled and the surface accepted by the ENGINEER, place a nominal 6 inches of soil over the area, or as designated on the Drawings. Fine grade, seed, and mulch per the Specifications. 4. Rejection of Work and Materials: The ENGINEER shall reject placed riprap which does not conform to this Section and the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove and relay the riprap to conform with said sections. Riprap shall be rejected, which is either delivered to the job site or placed, that does not conform to this Section. Rejected riprap shall be removed from the project site by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense. 5. Geotextile fabric shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications. Material proposed for use shall be submitted and approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-6 Riprap Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-1 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures SECTION 02376 CONCRETE RUBBLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section shall include excavation, grading and installation of all concrete rubble placed at the locations shown on the Drawings. The materials to be used for the construction of such structures shall be as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment B. Section 02371 – Geotextile fabric for Concrete Block revetment C. Section 02700 – Concrete Block Revetment System Specifications for Overtopping Applications 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the ENGINEER in obtaining and providing samples of all specified materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete Rubble: Concrete Rubble used shall be the type designated on the Drawings and shall conform to the following: % Smaller Than Given Size By Weight Intermediate Dimension (Inches) d50 * (Inches) Concrete Rubble (4” to 8”) 50 - 100 50 - 0 8 4 6 * d50 = Mean Particle Size 1. The concrete rubble designation and total thickness of concrete rubble shall be as shown on the Drawings. The maximum individual rubble size shall not be larger than the thickness of the concrete rubble layer. 2. Broken asphalt pavement shall not be acceptable for use in the work. Rounded river rock is not acceptable unless specifically designated on the Drawings. Concrete rubble shall be free from reinforcing steel bars or mats and debris LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-2 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures 3. Control of gradation will be by visual inspection. However in the event the ENGINEER determines the concrete rubble to be unacceptable, the ENGINEER will pick 2 random truck loads to be dumped and checked for gradation. Mechanical equipment and labor needed to assist in checking gradation shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Channel slopes, bottoms, or other areas that are to be filled with concrete rubble shall be free of brush, trees, stumps, and other objectionable material and be graded to a smooth compacted surface. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate areas to receive concrete rubble to the subgrade. The subgrade shall be stable. If unsuitable materials are encountered, they shall be removed and replaced as Muck Excavation in accordance with Section 02315 of the Specifications. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of from the site by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. After an acceptable subgrade is established, the concrete rubble shall be placed. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Following acceptable subgrade preparation, concrete rubble placement shall commence as follows: 1. Machine Placed Concrete rubble: Concrete rubble shall be placed on the prepared slope or channel bottom areas in a manner which will produce a reasonably well-graded mass of rubble with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. Concrete rubble shall be machine placed, unless otherwise stipulated in the Drawings or Specifications. When concrete rubble is placed on slopes, placement shall commence at the bottom of the slopes working up the slope. Place the concrete rubble in a stepped fashion with the bottom of the uphill concrete rubble below the top of the downhill concrete rubble by half of the height of the concrete rubble minimum. The entire mass of concrete rubble shall be placed on either channel slopes or bottoms so as to be in conformance with the required gradation mixtures and to lines, grades, and thickness shown on the Drawings. Concrete rubble shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying subgrade. Placing of concrete rubble in layers, or by dumping into chutes, or by similar methods shall not be permitted. All material going into concrete rubble protection for channel slopes or bottoms shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large accumulations of either the larger or smaller sizes of rubble. Some hand placement may be required to achieve this distribution. It is the intent of these Specifications to produce a fairly compact concrete rubble protection in which all sizes of material are placed in their proper proportions. Unless otherwise authorized by the ENGINEER, the concrete LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-3 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures rubble protection shall be placed in conjunction with the construction of embankments or channel bottoms with only sufficient delay in construction of the concrete rubble protection, as may be necessary, to allow for proper construction of the portion of the embankment and channel bottom which is to be protected. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the concrete rubble protection until accepted. Any material displaced for any reason shall be replaced to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings at no additional cost to the OWNER. 2. Hand Placed Concrete Rubble: Hand placed concrete rubble shall be performed during machine placement of concrete rubble and shall conform to all the requirements of Section 02376 Part 1 above. Hand placed concrete rubble shall also be required when the depth of concrete rubble is less than 2 times the nominal rubble size, or when required by the Drawings or Specifications. After the concrete rubble has been placed, hand placing or rearranging of individual stones by mechanical equipment shall be required to the extent necessary to secure a flat uniform surface and the specified depth of concrete rubble, to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. 3. Rejection of Work and Materials: The ENGINEER shall reject placed concrete rubble which does not conform to this Section and the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove and relay the concrete rubble to conform with said sections. Concrete rubble shall be rejected, which is either delivered to the job site or placed, that does not conform to this Section. Rejected concrete rubble shall be removed from the project site by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-4 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� SECTION 02700 CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATION FOR OVERTOPPING APPLICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL ����� ����������������� � ����� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������� ���� �������� ���� ����������� ��� ����������� ����� ���� ������������� ��� ��������� ��������� �������� �������� ����� ��� ����������� ����� ���� ������� �������� ������� ���� ������������������������������������������������������������������� � ����� ����������������� ���� ������������������������������������������������������������ � ����� ���������� ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������� ������������� ���������� ������� ���� ���� ���������� ������ ��������� ���� ������������ � ���� ����������� ������ ����� �������� ���� ��������������� ���������������� ������������ ����� ��������� ���� ���� ������� ��� ���� ������ ���� ���� ����������������� ��� ������������������������������������������������������������ � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������� ��� ���� ��������� ������ ��� ���� ������ � ������������ ��������� ��������� ����� ��� ���������� ��� ���� ��������� �� �������� ��� �������� ����� ����� ������ ��� ���� ������� �������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ����������� ����������� �������� ���� ����������� ����������� ������������� ������������ ���� ���������� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ��������� ��������� ���� ������������������������������������������������������ � ����� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������� PART 2 PRODUCTS ����� �������� � ���� ��������� ��������� ����� ������ ��� �������������� ��� ��� ��������� ��� ��������� �������� ����� ��������� ���������� ������������ ������������������������������������������������������������ ���������� �������� ��� ������������� ���� ����������� ������ ������� ����� ��� �������� ����������� ��������������������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ����������� ������ ��� ���� ������� ������ ��� ���������� ���� ������������ ���� ��������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ��������� ���������� � ���� ����� ����� ������ ����� ���� ���� ��������� ��������� ��� ������������ ������ �������� ����� ����������� ����� ���������� ��� ������� ��������� ������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������� � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ���� ����� ����� ����� ���� ������� ��� ���� ������������� ���������� �������� � ���� ������������� ��������� ����� ���� ��������� ������� ���� ���������� ��� ���� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ��������� ����� ��� ������� �������� ��� ������� ����� ���� ����� ���� ������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������� ���� �������� ������������� ��� ���� ������� ����� ��� ���� ������� ������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������� � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������� � � ���� ��������� ��������� ����� ������ ��� ������� ��� �� ������� ������� ��� ���������� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ������� �������� � �������������� ���� ������� ������� ������ ��� ������������ ��� ���� ������ ���������� � � Certification (Overtopping Flow):� � ��������� ��������� ����� ����� ����� ��� ��������� ����� ������������ ��� ����������� ���������� ������������ ���������������� ����� ���� �������� ����� ������ ������ ����������� ����� ������������ � �������� ����������� ������� �������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� �������� ��������� ��� ����������� ��� ������������ ����������� ������� ������� ������������ ������� ������� ���� ��������������� ���� ���� ���������� ������������ ����������������������������������������������� � Performance (Overtopping Flow): ����������������������������������������������� ��� ��� ����������� ����� ���� ����������������� ������� ������������ ��� ���������� ��� ��������� ���� ��������������� ��� ������� �������� ���������� ����������� ������� ������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ������������������������������ ���������������������������������� ��������������� ����������� � ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� �������� ����� ��������� �������� ��� ������ ����������� ���� ������������� ��� �������� ������ �������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������� � ����� ������������������������ � ��� ������ � ��� ����� �������������� ������� �������� �������� ����� ����� ��� ����������� ���� ����� ��������������� � Note 1 �� ��������� ������ �������� ��� ����� �������������� ���� ����� ����� �������������������������������������������������� � Note 2 ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������� � ��� ���������� � ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������� � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� �������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������� � ���� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������� � � ����� ������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� �������� ��� ���� ��������� ������ ������ ��� ��������� ��� �� ���� ��������������������������� ������ ������� ��������� ��� �� �������� ��������� ��� ����� ��� ��� ��������� ��� ���� ��������������������������������������������� ���� ���������������������� � ��� ��� ���� ����� ��� ��������� ��� ���� ����� ������ ���� ������ ������ �������� ��������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������� � � � � ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� Table 1. Physical Requirements � ������������������������������ ��������������� ����������������� ���������� � ������ � �� ���������������� ���������������� ���������������� ���������������� ������������� ������������� ��������� ��������� � ��� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������ ������ ��� �������� ���� ������� ��� ����������� ����� ����� �� ��������� ��������� �������������� ���� ���������� ���� ������������ ��� ������������� ������������������������������������������ � � � ��� ������������������ � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ���� ������� ���������� ��� ���� ����� ��� ������� ���� ������������ ��� ���� ��������� �������� ������� ����������� ��� ���� ������ �������� ��� ������������� ��� �������� ��������� ���������� ����� ���������� �������� ��� ��������� ��� ��������� ���� ����������������������������������������������������� � ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������� � ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������� ��������� ������ ��� ��������� ����� ���� ������ ��� ������������ ������ ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � ��� ��������������������� ��� ���� ���������� ��� ������ ����������� ��������������� ������ ��� ��������� ������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������ � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ���������� �������� ����������� ��� ���� ������������ �������� ���� ������� ����������� ���� ���������� ����������� ������ ��� ���������� ��������� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ �������� �������������� �������� �� ��������� ������ ����� ���� ������ ������������� ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������� � ��� ���� ������������ �������������� ��������� ����� ���� ������������ �������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ���������� �������� ��� �������� ������� � ����� ������������� ������������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������� � ����������� ���� ������������ �������������� ����� ��� ������ ��� ������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������� � ��� ����������� ��������� ������ ����� ����� ��������� ��� ���� �������������� ������ ��� ������������������������ � � ��� ������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������� � Table 2. Standard Sizes of Concrete Blocks � Class Type Lbs (kg) Lbs./Sq.f t. (kg/m2) Length Inches (cm) Width Inches (cm) Height Inches (cm)� Open Area % ����� ����� ������ �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ����� ����� ��� ����� ����� ������ �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� ����� ������� �������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� Option 1. Polyester Revetment Cable ���� ���������� � � ���������� ������ ������ ��� ������������ ��� ����� ���������� ���� ������������ ���� ����������� ��������� ���������� �������� � ������ ������ �������� ��� �� ����� ������������� ���������� ��� ��������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������� � � � � � � � �� ����� ���������������������������������������������� � ����������������������������������������� � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � ��������������������������������������������� � ����� ������ � ������������� � � ������������ ����������������������� � ����� ����������������� ������������������ � � ���������������������������������� � ����� ������ ����������� ������������� � �������������������������������� ���������������������� � ����� ������ ����������� ������������� � ����������� ������������� ���������� ������ ���� ��������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ����� �������������� ��� ���� � � ���� �� ����� ������ ��� ����� ���� ��� ���� ��� ���� �������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������� � � ����������������������������������������������� � ���������������������������� � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ���� ����������������������������������������������� � ����������������� �������������������������� � ����� ������������� ������������������������� ����� ����������������� �������������������������� � ����� ������������� ������������������������� � ����������������� ������������������������� � ��� �������������� ������������������������ ��������������������������� ������������������������� � � � � � ���������� � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������������������������������������������������������� � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ���� ����� ������ ������� ����� ����� ������ �������� �������� �� ����������� �������������� ������ ��� ������ ���� ���� �������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ������ ��� ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ��� �������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������� Option 2. Galvanized Steel Revetment Cable ������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������ � � � ������ ������ �������� ��� �� ����� ������������� ���������� ��� ���� ���� ��� ������ ���� ������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������� � ����������� � � � ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������ � ����������������������������� ������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������� ���������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������ �������������������������������������������������� ��� ������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������� � ����������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������� � ����������������������������������������������� � � � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������� � � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ���� ����� ������ ������� ����� ����� ������ �������� �������� �� ����������� �������������� ������ ��� ������ ���� ���� �������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ������ ��� ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � ��� �������� � � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � ��� �������������� � ���� ����������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ���� ����������� ����� ��� ���������� ��� ��������� ��������� ��� ��������� ������� ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������ ������� ����������� ������ ��� ���� ����� ��������� ��� ����������� ��� ����� ���� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������� � � � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������ � � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � ��� ���� ������� ���������� ���� ������� ������ ��� ����������� �������� ��� ���� ����������� ���������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������� � ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� Table 3. Physical Requirements � ������������������ ��������������� �������������� ���������������������� �������������������� ����������� ��������� ����������������������������� �������������������� �������������������� ����������� ��������� ����������������������������� ��������������� ����������� �������� ������������������ ����������� ��������� ������������������������ ����������� ������������������ ������������ ������������� ��� ������������� ����������� ���������� � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ������� ���� ���������� ���� ���������������� ������� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ���������� ���� ����������� ������ ��� ����������� ���� ������ �������� ������� ����� ��� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������� ��� ���� ���������� � ���� ����������� ������ �������� ���� �������������� ����� ���� ��������� �������� ������� ���� ���� ����������� ��� ���� ���� ��������� ��� ���� ��������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������ ����������� ������������ ��� ����������� ����� ������ � ���� ����� ������ ��� ���������� ������ ���� ������� ������ ����� ����������� ��� ��� ���������� ��������� ��� ���� ���������� � � � ��� ���� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ���� ����������� ������ ���� ����� ��� ������ ��� ���� ��������� ������� ����������� ����� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������������������������������� � � � General.������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � � � Mat Length:� � ���� ��������� ��������� ����� ������ ����� ���� �������� ���� ������������ ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� � PART 3 EXECUTION ����� ����������������������� General.�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������� � Grading.� � ���� ������ ������ ��� ������� ��� �� ������� ������ �������� ��� ������� ����� ��������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������� ���� ���� ������� ������� �������� ��� ���� ��������� ��������� �������� � ���� ������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ������ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ����� ������ ���� ��������� ����� ������ ��� �������� ��� ������ ��� �������� ���������� ������������ ���������� ��� ����������� ���� ����������� ��� ������� � ���� ������ ���� ������ ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������������� � � ����������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ��� ����� ��� ����������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ���� ����������� ������ ��� ���� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ��� ���� ������� ������� ������������ ������ ����� ��� ������� ���������� ��� ������� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � � Inspection.����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������� ����� �������������������������������������� General.������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������� � �� Placement.� � ���� ����������� ����������� ������ ��� ������� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ������ ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������� ��� ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ������������� ���� ����������� ������� ������ ��� ����������� ��� ������ ���� ���� ������ � ���� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ��� ���� ����������� ������� ���� ������ ��� ���� ����� ��������� ��� �� ������ �������� ��������� ��������������������������������������������������� � � � ������������������� ��������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ����� ������������������������������������������� General.���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � �Placement.� � ���� ��������� ��������� ������� ������ ��� ������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ��� ����� �� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������� � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������� ������ ��� ������ ������ ��� ���� ��������� ����������� ��� ��������������� ������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������� � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ����� ��������� ��������� ��� ������ ���� ����� �������� ��������� ���������� �������� ��� ���������� ��������� ���� ����������� �������� � ���� ����� ������ ��� ������� �������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������� � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� �������� � ���� ���������� ��� �� ����� ������� ��������� ����� ��� ����������� ��� ��� ��� ������� �� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ����������������������� � � Finishing.� � ���� ������ ��� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ��������� ������� ������ ��� ����������� ���� ���������� ������������ ����� ��������� ��������� ��� ������� ������ ���� ��� ������ ���� ��� ����� ���������� ��������� �������� ����� ���� ������� ������� ��� ��������� ������ ���� �������� ��� ���� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������� Consultation.����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������� � END OF SECTION. LPATH Berm Erosion 02921-1 Ground Preparation Protection Measures for Seeding SECTION 02921 GROUND PREPARATION FOR SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers soil preparation for areas to be reseeded. B. This section addresses work within the limits of disturbance as shown on the Drawings. However, if disturbance does occur outside of this designated area, this section will also pertain to those areas, which have been disturbed. 1.02 INITIAL INSPECTION The CONTRACTOR will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been replaced in all areas as specified. Verify that the area to be revegetated is protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note any previous treatments to the area such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss how these treatments will effect permanent revegetation with the ENGINEER. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the ENGINEER before beginning work. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions. 1.03 CLEANING Perform cleaning daily during installation of the work, and upon completion the work. Remove and haul from the site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from ground preparation operations. PART 2 EXECUTION 2.01 GENERAL SOIL PREPARATION A. Inspection: Examine the substrate in which the work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Grades: Grades have been established under work of another Section to within 1 inch, plus or minus, of required finished grades. Verify that grades are within 1 inch, plus or minus, of required finished grades. Notify the ENGINEER prior to commencing soil preparation work if existing grades are not satisfactory, or assume responsibility for conditions as they exist. C. Weed and Debris Removal: All ground areas to be planted shall be cleaned of all weeds and debris prior to any soil preparation or grading work. Weeds and debris shall be disposed of off the site. LPATH Berm Erosion 02921-2 Ground Preparation Protection Measures for Seeding D. Contaminated Soil: Do not perform any soil preparation work in areas where soil is contaminated with cement, plaster, paint or other construction debris. Bring such areas to the attention of the ENGINEER and do not proceed until the contaminated soil is removed and replaced. E. Moisture Content: Soil shall not be worked when moisture content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor when it is so dry that dust will form in the air or that clods will not break readily. Water shall be applied, if necessary, to bring soil to an optimum moisture content for tilling and planting. F. Ripping & Scarification: Rip, scarify, or otherwise loosen all areas to a depth of 6 inches, removing all obstructions encountered in excavating, such as loose rock, con- struction debris, etc. Thoroughly till all areas which are to be seeded that previously supported vehicular traffic to a depth of 12". Till all remaining areas to a depth of 6". Channel bottom areas are to be ripped to a depth of at least 2 feet on approximately 2- to 4-foot centers. Work the soil only when moisture conditions are suitable. Remove rocks and other objects 3" or greater in any dimension. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03110 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMS SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL SECTION 03310 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SECTION 03320 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING SECTION 03390 CONCRETE CURING SECTION 03615 GROUT LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-1 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms SECTION 03110 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall supply all labor, tools, equipment and materials to set forms for the proper placement of concrete for structures. It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to design and build adequate forms and to leave them in-place until the forms can be safely re- moved. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for damage and injury caused by removing forms carelessly or before the concrete has gained sufficient strength. Means and methods of repair shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER prior to performing the work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03310 – Structural Concrete B. Section 03320 – Construction Joints C. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing D. Section 03615 - Grout 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute 1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2. ACI SP-4 - Formwork for Concrete B. American Plywood Association 1. PS 1 - US Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood 2. J20 - Grades and Specifications 3. V345 - Concrete Forming 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General Design, placement and maintenance of formwork and form systems is the responsi- bility of the CONTRACTOR. Submittals other than listed herein are not required nor will they be reviewed. B. Product Technical Data 1. Manufacturer and type of form materials LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-2 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 2. Manufacturer and type of form ties 3. Manufacturer and type of void form including compressive strength 4. Manufacturer of form release agent C. Formwork Design A copy of a transmittal letter from the designing engineer to the CONTRACTOR in- dicating that the design of the formwork for the project was prepared by or under his supervision. The letter shall be stamped with the seal of the designing engineer and signed in accordance with the professional engineering registration laws where the project is located. The designing engineer’s qualifications shall be attached to the transmittal letter. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Formwork, and if required shoring and reshoring, shall be designed by a Professional Engi- neer licensed to practice in the state where the project is located and having a minimum of five years’ experience in the design of concrete formwork or form systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL For the purposes of this specification exposure shall be defined as a surface, interior or exte- rior, of a structure that will be exposed to view during its use. For example, the interior wall of a buried water retaining structure is a surface exposed to view. 2.02 FORMS FOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW A. Walls 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. 2. Symons hand set steel-ply forms, or equal. B. Beams 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. 2. Symons hand set steel-ply forms, or equal. C. Sides of Column Footings 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-3 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 2. Symons hand set steel-ply forms, or equal. 3. Steel of sufficient thickness that the form will remain true to shape after nu- merous repetitive uses. D. Sides of Curved or Straight Continuous Wall Footings 1. APA High Density Overlay Plyform Class I Exterior. 2. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. For curved surfaces, plywood of sufficient thickness, free from knots and other im- perfections, which can be cut and bent and held in place accurately to the required curvature without splintering or splitting shall be used. E. Floor and Roof Slabs 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. F. Columns Regardless of materials of construction the forms shall be such to permit bracing in two directions at half-height and full height at a minimum. Two braces at 90° are re- quired at half and full height. 1. Steel of sufficient thickness that the form will remain true to shape after nu- merous repetitive uses. 2. Fiberglass of sufficient thickness that the form will remain true to shape. G. Column Capitals 1. Steel, 16 gage or thicker, so that the form will remain true to shape after nu- merous repetitive uses. 2.03 FORMS FOR SURFACES NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW Wood or steel sufficiently tight to prevent mortar leakage. 2.04 ANCHORAGE IN SLABS FOR BRACES FOR WALL AND COLUMN FORMS Braces shall be anchored to deadmen of sufficient size and weight to maintain the proper wall/column alignment under all load conditions including wind. Wedge anchors of any type, inserts or concrete nails are specifically not permitted for an- chorage of wall or column braces in water retaining structures. Wedge anchors or nails may be used in other structures when in the opinion of the ENGINEER the resulting concrete fin- ish patch will be acceptable. The CONTRACTOR shall make a submittal including informa- LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-4 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms tion about the type of wedge anchor or nail and the means of patching the surface for review and acceptance by the ENGINEER. 2.05 ANCHORAGE IN SLABS FOR UPTURNED COLUMN FOOTING FORMS Braces shall be anchored to deadmen of sufficient size and weight to maintain the proper wall/column configuration and diameter. Wedge anchors of any type, inserts or concrete nails are specifically not permitted for anchorage of column footing forms. 2.06 FORM TIES A. Water Retaining Structures and Below Grade Structures: Symons, S-Panel Ties, or equal, with water seal and one-inch break back cones on both tie ends, shall be used on all wall forms. B. Other Structures: Symons, S-Panel Ties, or equal, with one-inch break back cones on both tie ends unless otherwise called out or shown in the Drawings or approved by the ENGI- NEER, shall be used on all wall forms. C. Twisted Wire Ties: Twisted wire ties with loops to hold forms in position are not permitted. 2.07 CHAMFER STRIP Chamfer strips (3/4 inch) shall be placed in the corners of forms and at the tops of walls or up-turned footings, to produce beveled edges on permanently exposed concrete surfaces. In- terior angles of intersecting concrete surfaces and edges of construction joints shall not be beveled unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. The chamfer strip may be made of wood or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 2.08 STIFFBACKS Stiffbacks for wall forms shall be constructed of lumber or Glulams, uniform in width and thickness, free from knots and other surface defects. Only one joint is permitted in the board of a stiffback and joints shall be offset so as to not occur at the same point. Stiffbacks shall extend to a point not less than six inches above the top of forms. 2.09 GANG WHALER PLATES FOR THE TOP OF CURVED WALLS Gang whaler plates shall be constructed of plywood as described below cut to the radius of the wall curve. The gang whaler plate shall be of sufficient depth to permit notching for stiffbacks. A. APA High Density Overlay Plyform Class I Exterior. B. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-5 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 2.10 WEDGE INSERTS When permitted by the ENGINEER at the tops of walls or columns, wedge inserts may be used to support future formwork or catwalks. The inserts shall be Richmond Screw Anchor, or equal. 2.11 FORM RELEASE AGENT Magic Kote by Symons Corp. or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Forms shall be used, wherever necessary, to confine the concrete and shape it to the specified lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms so as to ensure completed work is within all applicable tolerance limits. If a type of form does not, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, consistently perform in an accept- able manner, the type of form shall be changed and the method of erection shall be modified by the CONTRACTOR, subject to the review of the ENGINEER. Forms shall have sufficient strength to withstand the pressure resulting from placement and vibration of concrete, and shall be maintained rigidly in position. The design of formwork and placing rate of concrete with medium and high-range water reducing agents shall be ad- justed to compensate for the greater hydraulic pressures exerted on the forms by concrete of high fluidity. Forms shall be clean and free from mortar and other foreign material from previous use prior to being placed. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate that forms are vertical, proper alignment, grade or radius when requested by the ENGINEER. 3.02 FORM SURFACE TREATMENT A. General Prior to placing reinforcing steel coat the forms with a non-staining release agent that will effectively prevent the absorption of moisture and prevent bond of the concrete to the form. Contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed is prohibited. All bond breaking materials or processes shall be used only af- ter acceptance by the ENGINEER. Care shall be taken in applying form oil to avoid contact with reinforcement steel. Embedded material which becomes coated with form oil shall be thoroughly cleaned or replaced at the expense of the CONTRAC- TOR. B. For Potable Water Facilities Form release agents for potable water facilities, such as treated water storage reser- voirs or water treatment plants, shall be non-toxic 30 days after application. LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-6 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 3.03 TOLERANCES Tolerances are defined as allowable variations from specified alignments, grades and dimen- sions. Allowable variations from specified alignments, grades and dimensions are prescribed in the following sub-section. Descriptions of these criteria can be found in Part 2 of the ACI Manual of Concrete Practice 1995, Commentary of Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials (ACI 117-90). A. Footings and Foundations 1. Drilled Piers Vertical alignment ≤ 2 % of the shaft length Lateral alignment ≤ 1/24 of shaft diameter, 3 inch maximum Level alignment to cut-off elevation: +1 inch, -3 inch 2. Continuous Wall Footings (Circular and Non-circular) Lateral alignment: ≤ 2% of the footing width, 2 inches maximum Relative alignment: Variation ≤ 1 inch in 10 feet (variation between speci- fied plane and as built surface) Cross-sectional dimension: Horizontal dimension: Variation +2 inch, -1/2 inch Vertical dimension (thickness): Variation ± 1/2 inch Circular Wall Footing Only Variation in Radius in any 20 feet of wall length: ≤ 1/2 inch Variation in Radius in entire wall length: ≤ 1 inch 3. Column footings Lateral alignment: Variation ≤ 2 inch Level alignment: Variation from specified elevation +1/2 inch, - 2 inch Relative alignment: Variation ≤ 1 inch in 10 feet (variation between speci- fied plane and as built surface) Cross-sectional dimension: Horizontal dimension: Variation +2 inch, -1/2 inch Vertical dimension (thickness): Variation ± 1/2 inch LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-7 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms B. Cast-in-Place Concrete for Buildings and other Structures 1. Member (such as a beam, column, wall, slab, or pier) Vertical alignment: Variation from specified plumb ≤ 3/8 inch (full height) 1/4 inch (one form section) Lateral alignment: Maximum in any bay: Variation ≤ 1/2 inch Maximum in any 20 feet of length: Variation ≤ 1/2 inch Maximum for entire wall length: Variation ≤ 1 inch Floor and wall opening locations: Variation ≤ 1/2 inch Sawcuts and joints: Variation ≤ 3/4 inch Level alignment: Top elevation of slabs: Variation ≤ 3/4 inch Lintels, other lines exposed to view: Variation ≤ 3/4 inch Cross sectional dimensions: Walls and slabs (thickness): Variation ±1/4 inch Columns and Beams: Variation +1/2 inch, -1/4 inch Size of wall and floor openings: Variation ± 1/4 inch Relative alignment: Offset between adjacent formwork: Variation ±1/4 inch Variation in Specified Grade: For any distance less than 10 feet: Variation ≤ 1/4 inch For entire structure: Variation ± 1/2 inch For manholes and outlet structures: Variation ≤ 1 inch 2. Stairways Relative alignment: LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-8 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms Difference in height between adjacent risers: 1/8 inch Difference in width between adjacent treads: 1/4 inch 3.04 PLUMB AND STRING LINES Plumb and string lines shall be installed on wall and column forms before, and maintained, during concrete placement. There shall be sufficient number of plumb or string lines in walls, for example at every other stiffback, properly installed to permit continuous monitoring. Dur- ing concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR shall continually monitor plumb and string line positions and immediately correct deficiencies. The plumb and string lines shall extend to a point at least six inches above the top of wall or column. 3.05 FORMWORK CAMBER In order to maintain specified tolerances of joists, beams or slabs subject to dead load deflec- tion, the CONTRACTOR shall camber formwork to compensate for dead load deflection prior to hardening of the concrete. 3.06 GANG WHALER PLATES FOR CIRCULAR WALLS The CONTRACTOR shall place a gang whaler plate cut to the curvature of the wall, such as a circular reservoir wall, at the top of the wall forms. The gang whaler plate shall be at- tached to the forms with a gang whaler rod at appropriately designed intervals. The gang whaler plate may be notched to permit the stiffback to extend above the top of the wall forms. The gang whaler plate shall be sufficiently stiff to maintain the required curvature. 3.07 HAND SET MODULAR FORMS Hand set modular forms, such as Symons hand set steel-ply forms, shall be placed with no more than two intersecting joints occur at one level in the formwork above the bottom modu- lar form level. The following figure illustrates the required form pattern. Figure 1 LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-9 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms The above form configuration is one way recommended by Simons Corp. to eliminate verti- cal, in plane, bending of the forming system. The CONTRACTOR may develop alternate means of maintaining vertical alignment. Alternate form system configurations require preparation by a licensed Professional Engineer in Colorado and submittal to the ENGI- NEER for review and approval. 3.08 FORMWORK CLOSURE Forms which will prohibit visual review of items such as reinforcing steel, waterstops and bearing pads by the ENGINEER, shall not be placed until the ENGINEER has performed a final review of the reinforcing steel. The CONTRACTOR shall use compressed air from an air-compressor to blow-out construc- tion debris and dirt at the bottom of sections or members to be placed such as walls, slabs, beams and columns, prior to placing forms or concrete. The CONTRACTOR shall demon- strate to the ENGINEER that all debris, such as loose concrete particles, saw dust, loose tie wire, bar tags, tape, trash and dirt, have been thoroughly removed. 3.09 HOT OR COLD WEATHER PLACEMENT AND STEEL FORMS Prior to placing concrete when steel forms are used, the forms shall be heated when the sur- face temperature of the form is below 40° F or cooled when the surface temperature of the form is above 90° F. If water is used to cool forms where ponding of water may occur, i.e., at the bottom of a column, the water shall be permitted to drain prior to placing concrete. 3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS The forms for any portion of a structure shall not be removed until the concrete has reach sufficient strength with a factor of safety of 2.0, to withstand applied loads such as self weight and wind loads or withstand damage when the forms are removed. For post-tensioned concrete slabs and beams, formwork shall not be removed until the entire slab or member has been stressed and stressing records accepted. 3.11 RESHORES When a reshore plan is to be performed, it shall comply with Section 1.04 of this Specifica- tion. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-10 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-1 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES This work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcing steel in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03310 – Structural Concrete 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute 1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2. ACI Detailing Manual - (SP-66) 3. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials B. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM A 615, A 616 including supplementary requirement S1, A 617, A 706 2. ASTM A 767, Zinc-coated (galvanized) reinforcing bars 3. ASTM A 775 Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. Manual of Standard Practice 2. Placing Reinforcing Bars D. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING STEEL A. Deformed Bars: All bar steel reinforcement shall be of the deformed type, ASTM A 615, (AASHTO M31) and grade (40 or 60) as specified in the Drawings. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-2 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures B. Spirals: Spirals, hot-rolled plain or deformed bars per ASTM A 615, Grade 60 or cold drawn wire per ASTM A 82 as specified in the Drawings. Spirals for columns shall have two “spacers” with a section modulus > 0.008in3 in order to maintain the proper pitch and spacing. C. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A 775. When required, dam- aged epoxy coating shall be repaired with patching material conforming to ASTM A 775 in accordance with the material manufacturer's recommendations. D. Zinc-coated (Galvanized Reinforcing Bars): Zinc-coated reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A 767. When required, dam- aged zinc coating shall be repaired with a zinc-rich formulation conforming to ASTM A 767. 2.02 TIE WIRE 16 gauge wire ties, manufactured by American Wire Tie, Inc., or equal. When epoxy coated reinforcing steel is shown in the Drawings, PVC coated wire ties shall be used. The mini- mum PVC coating is 0.7 mils. 2.03 IDENTIFICATION Bundles of reinforcing bars and wire spirals shall be tagged, with a metal tag, showing speci- fication, grade, size, quantity and suitable identification to permit checking, sorting and plac- ing. When bar marks are used to identify reinforcing bars in the Drawings, the bar mark shall be shown on the tag. Tags shall be removed prior to concrete placement. Bundles of flat sheets and rolls of welded wire fabric shall be tagged similar to reinforcing bars. 2.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION Reinforcing steel shall be stored off of the ground and protected from oil or other materials detrimental to the steel or bonding capability of the reinforcing bar. Epoxy-coated reinforc- ing bars shall be stored on protective cribbing. Rust, seams, surface irregularities, or mill scale, shall not be cause for rejection provided that the weight and height of deformations of a hand-wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM Specification. When placed in the work, the reinforcing bars shall be free from dirt, loose mill scale, paint, oil, loose rust or other foreign substance. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-3 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures 2.05 BAR SUPPORTS A. General: Bar supports and spacing shall be in accordance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3, a maximum of four feet or as required by the Drawings. B. Floor Slabs: Uncoated steel or non-metallic composite chairs shall be used unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. If required by the ENGINEER, the chair shall be stapled on a bearing pad to prevent chair displacement. The bearing pad shall be made of exte- rior grade plywood and be approximately five inches square. C. Soffits: Steel wire bar supports in concrete areas where soffits are exposed to view or are painted shall be Class 1 or Class 2, Types A or B: Class 3 is acceptable in other ar- eas. D. Water and Wastewater Vaults, Tank and Basin Walls, and Roof Slabs: Only plastic clip, non-metallic composite or 100% epoxy coated steel chair bar and bolster supports are acceptable for use in walls and roof slabs. Supports shall be se- curely stapled to formwork. E. Columns: Plastic "space wheels" manufactured by Aztec (Model DO 12/40), or equal, are re- quired. F. Epoxy-Coated and Zinc-Coated Bar Supports: Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars supported from formwork shall rest on coated wire bar supports made of dielectric or other acceptable materials. Wire supports shall be fully coated with dielectric material, compatible with concrete. Reinforcing bars used as support bars shall be epoxy-coated. In walls reinforced with epoxy-coated bars, spreader bars shall be epoxy coated. Proprietary combination bar clips and spreaders used in walls with epoxy-coated reinforcing shall be made of corrosion- resistant material or coated with dielectric material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BAR LIST Eight copies of a list of all reinforcing steel and bending diagrams shall be furnished to the ENGINEER at the site of the work at least two weeks before the placing of reinforcing steel is begun. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy of the lists and for fur- nishing and placing all reinforcing steel in accordance with the details shown on the Draw- ings. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-4 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures Bar lists and bending diagrams for structures, which are included in the Drawings, do not have to be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. When bar lists and bending diagrams are in- cluded in the Drawings, they are intended for estimating approximate quantities. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the quantity, size and shape of the bar reinforcement against those shown on the Drawings and make any necessary corrections before ordering. 3.02 FABRICATION Fabrication tolerances for straight and bent bars shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 4.3, Tolerance, of the American Concrete Institute Standard 315 and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. 3.03 BENDING All reinforcing bars shall be bent cold. Bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent except as shown on the Drawings or as permitted by the ENGINEER. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. 3.04 SPIRALS One and one-half finishing bends are required at the top and bottom of the spiral. Spacers shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 9 of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Welding as an aid to fabrication and/or installation is not permitted. 3.05 PLACING AND FASTENING The placing, fastening, splicing and supporting of reinforcing steel and wire mesh or bar mat reinforcement shall be in accordance with the Drawings and the latest edition of "CRSI Rec- ommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". In case of discrepancy between the Drawings and the CRSI publication stated above, the Drawings shall govern. Reinforcement shall be placed within the tolerances provided in ACI 117. Steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in the positions shown on the Drawings and firmly held during the placing and setting of concrete by means of spacer strips, stays, metal chairs or other approved devices or supports. Chair and bolster supports for slabs and walls shall be spaced at a maximum of four foot centers unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. Staples used to attach bar supports to wall and roof forms shall have the staple "tails" clipped after form removal. For Columns, three wheels, spaced 120 degree apart, shall be placed every four feet of column height. The CONTRACTOR may increase the column spiral pitch if a conflict occurs with the wheel. Pre-tied column reinforcing steel lowered into column forms shall be lowered vertically to prevent damage to the space wheels. Bars shall be securely tied at 50% of all intersections except where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, when alternate intersections shall be tied unless otherwise called out in the Drawings or in applicable specifications. Tying of steel by spot welding will not be permitted unless specifically authorized by the ENGINEER. The placing and securing of the reinforcement in any unit or section shall be accepted by the ENGINEER before any con- crete is placed in any such unit or section. Bundle bars shall be tied together at not more than 6-foot centers. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-5 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures 3.06 SPLICING Bar steel reinforcement shall be furnished in the full lengths indicated on the Drawings. Splicing of bars, except where shown on the Drawings, will not be permitted without the written acceptance of the ENGINEER. Splices shall be staggered. In cases where permis- sion is granted to splice bars, other than those shown on the Drawings, the additional mate- rial required for the lap shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense. The minimum distance between staggered splices for reinforcing bars shall be the length required for a lapped splice in the bar. All splices shall be full contact splices. Splices will not be permitted at points where the section is not sufficient to provide a mini- mum distance of two inches between the splice and the nearest adjacent bar or the surface of the concrete. Welding of reinforcement shall be done only if detailed on the Drawings or if authorized by the ENGINEER in writing. Welding shall be done by a certified welder. The welding shall conform to AWS D 12.1, Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal In- serts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction, with the modifications and addi- tions specified hereinafter. Where AWS D 2.0 Specifications for Welded Highway and Railway Bridges is referenced, the reference shall be construed to be for AWS D 1.1. Where the term AWS D1.1 is used it shall mean the American Welding Society Structural Welding Code, D 1.1 as modified and amended by the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Welding of Structural Steel Highway Bridges. After completion of welding, coating damage to coated reinforcing steel bars shall be repaired. When required or permitted, a mechanical connection may be used to splice reinforcing steel bars or as substitution for dowel bars. The mechanical connection shall be capable of devel- oping a minimum of 125% of the yield strength of the reinforcing bar in both tension and compression. All parts of mechanical connections used on coated bars, including steel splice sleeves, bolts, and nuts shall be coated with the same material used for repair of coating damage. 3.07 CUTTING When coated reinforcing bars are cut in the field, the ends of the bars shall be coated with the same material used for repair of coating damage. All rebar cut in the field shall be cut with a cut-off saw, any other method must be approved by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-6 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-1 Structural Concrete Protection Measures SECTION 03310 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, tools and equipment for the construction of reinforced cast-in-place concrete for sills as shown on the Drawings and herein specified. This section includes basic finishing and curing methods, accessory control, and expansion and contraction joint devices. 1.02 CONCRETE PRODUCER QUALIFICATIONS The ready-mixed concrete supplier to the CONTRACTOR shall have the capability to produce and deliver concrete, meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. The supplier shall have a contingency plan for a back-up plant in the event of a mechanical malfunction of one of the primary plant(s). This plan shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01330. 1.03 RELATED SECTION A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03210 – Reinforcing Steel C. Section 03320 - Construction Joints D. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing E. Section 03900 - Concrete Curing 1.04 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C 94 - Ready Mixed Concrete 3. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement 4. ASTM C 260 - Air-entraining Admixtures for Concrete 5. ASTM C 494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 6. ASTM C 618 - Fly Ash in Portland Cement Concrete 7. ASTM C 979 - Pigments for Colored Concrete LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-2 Structural Concrete Protection Measures 8. ANSI/ASTM D 994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers 9. ASTM D 1751 - Preformed Non-Extruding and Resilient Expansion Joint Fillers 10. ASTM D 3575 - Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materials made from Olefin Polymers B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete 2. ACI 212 - Guide for Use of Concrete Admixtures 3. ACI 221 - Guide for Use of Normal Weight Aggregates 4. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings 5. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete 6. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting 7. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting 8. ACI 309 - Standard Practice for Consolidating Concrete 9. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 10. ACI 503 - Use of Epoxy Compounds 11. ACI 504 - Guide to Joint Sealants 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Admixtures (such as air-entraining and water-reducing admixtures) 2. Fly Ash 3. Form Release Agents 4. Ready Mixed Concrete Mix Designs 5. Form Ties 6. Bonding Agents 7. Grouts 8. Vibrator Specifications LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-3 Structural Concrete Protection Measures 9. Ready-Mixed Concrete Plant Production Contingency Plan 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acquire cement and aggregate from the same source for all work. B. Conform to ACI 305 for hot weather concrete placement C. Conform to ACI 306 for cold weather concrete placement D. Conform to ACI 309 for concrete consolidation 1.07 CONTRACTOR ASSISTANCE The CONTRACTOR shall assist the OWNER or his concrete testing consultant as requested during the performance of quality control testing. When concrete is placed using a concrete pumper, concrete for testing will be taken from the pumper discharge hose. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete Delivery Ticket: The ready-mixed concrete truck driver shall provide the batch ticket to the ENGINEER at the time of concrete delivery. The ticket shall summarize the following information legibly in an easily discernible table: 1. Weight in pounds of all materials, excepting the water reducing and air- entraining agents which shall be in ounces. 2. Cubic yards batched 3. The ratio of water to cementitious (W / C) materials ratio 4. Temperature of the concrete at the time it was batched 5. Time of batching. 6. Free moisture in the fine and coarse aggregates in percent of weight of aggregate. 7. Gallons of water that may be added at the site without exceeding the permissible W / C ratio. B. Delivery: Delivery shall conform to the recommendations of ACI 304 as determined by the ENGINEER. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-4 Structural Concrete Protection Measures PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT Cement shall be Portland Cement Type II, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.02 AGGREGATE A. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall consist of hard, strong, durable particles to the provisions of ASTM C 33. B. Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate shall conform to the provisions of ASTM C 33 except that all aggregate shall be crushed aggregate. Screened aggregate is unacceptable. 2.03 WATER Water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. Mixing water for prestressed pretensioned and prestressed post-tensioned concrete or for concrete which will contain aluminum embedments, shall not contain deleterious amounts of chloride ion. Unless otherwise permitted or specified in the Drawings, the concrete shall be proportioned and produced to have a slump not to exceed four inches or less than two and one-half inches. Concrete not consolidated by internal vibration shall be proportioned to have a slump not to exceed five and one-half inches or less than four inches. The slump shall be determined by the "Test for Slump of Portland Cement" ASTM C 143. 2.04 ADMIXTURES Admixtures to be used in concrete shall be subject to prior acceptance by the ENGINEER. The admixture shall maintain the same composition and performance throughout the work as the product used in the concrete proportions established in accordance with ACI 211. Admixtures containing chloride ions shall not be used. A. Air Entrainment: An air-entraining agent shall be used in all concrete. The agent used shall conform to ASTM C 260. Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings, the amount of air entraining agent used in each concrete mix shall be such as will effect the entrainment of the percentage of air shown in the following tabulation in the concrete as discharged from the mixer. This table is applicable for concrete strengths less than 5000 psi. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-5 Structural Concrete Protection Measures Table 1 Nominal max. aggregate size, in. Average air content, percent Severe exposure Moderate exposure 3/8 7 1/2 ± 1 1/2 6 ± 1 1/2 ¾ 6 ± 1 1/2 5 ± 1 1/2 1 1/2 5 1/2 ± 1 1/2 4 1/2 ± 1 1/2 The level of exposure will be determined by the ENGINEER. B. Water Reducing, Set-Controlling Admixture: The CONTRACTOR shall use a “mid-range” water reducing, set controlling admixture, Polyheed 997, or equal. The water-reducing admixture shall be used in all concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 494, specifically Types A, B, C, D and E. C. Finely Divided Mineral Admixtures: Mineral admixtures shall be limited to fly ash conforming to ASTM C 618, Class C. 2.05 BATCHING Measuring and batching of materials shall be done at a batching plant. A. Portland Cement: Either sacked or bulk cement may be used. No fraction of a sack of cement shall be used in a batch of concrete unless the cement is weighed. Bulk cement shall be weighed on scales separate and distinct from the aggregate hopper or hoppers. Batching shall be such that the accuracy of batching shall be plus or minus one percent of the required weight. B. Water: Unless water is to be weighed, the water-measuring equipment shall include an auxiliary tank from which the measuring tank shall be filled. In lieu of the volume method, the CONTRACTOR will be permitted to use a water-metering device. C. Aggregates: Aggregates shall be handled from stockpiles or other sources to the batching plant in such a manner as to secure a uniform grading of the material. Aggregates that have become segregated, or mixed with earth or foreign material, shall not be used. Batching shall be so conducted as to result in the weights of material required for each type aggregate within a tolerance of two percent. Free water contents of the coarse and fine aggregates shall be continuously tested LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-6 Structural Concrete Protection Measures and concrete mixture adjusted for moisture conditions of the aggregate in order to meet the designated water/cement ratio. D. Fine Aggregate: The proportion of fine aggregate shall be between 36 and 44 percent by volume of the total aggregates in the concrete. 2.06 MIXING Ready-mixed concrete shall be either “central mixed” or “shrink mixed” concrete as defined in ASTM C 94. “Truck mixed” concrete as defined in ASTM C 94 shall not be permitted. Mixing time shall be measured from the time water is added to the mix, or cement contracts the aggregate. All concrete shall be homogeneous and thoroughly mixed, and there shall be no lumps or evidence of undispersed cement. Mixers and agitators, which have an accumulation of hard concrete or mortar, shall not be used. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C 94. The temperature of mixed concrete, immediately before placing shall not be less than 50°F or more than 80°F for slabs larger than 10,000 square feet and not be less than 50°F or more than 85°F for walls. Aggregates and water shall be heated or cooled as necessary to produce concrete within these temperature limits. Neither aggregates nor mixing water shall be heated to exceed 150°F. The time elapsing from the time water is added to the mix (or the cement comes in contact with aggregate) until the concrete is deposited in place at the site of the work shall not exceed 45 minutes when the concrete is hauled in non-agitating trucks, nor more than 90 minutes when hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. The batch shall be so charged into the drum that a portion of the mixing water shall enter in advance of the cement and aggregates. The flow of water shall be uniform and all water shall be in the drum by the end of the first 1/4 of the specified mixing time. Cement shall be charged into the mixer by means that will not result in loss of cement due to the effect of wind, or in accumulation of cement on surfaces of hoppers or in other conditions which reduce or vary the required quantity of cement in the concrete mixture. 2.07 TRANSPORTING MIXED CONCRETE - MIXED CONCRETE OR TRUCK MIXERS Transporting of mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C 94. Truck agitators shall be loaded not to exceed the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity. They shall maintain the mixed concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass during hauling. No additional mixing water shall be incorporated into the concrete during hauling or after arrival at the delivery point, unless approved. If additional water is to be incorporated into the concrete at the site, the drum shall be revolved not less than 30 revolutions at mixing speed after the water is added and before discharge is commenced. One addition of water at the site to adjust mix workability is permitted but the maximum water cement ratio shall not be exceeded. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-7 Structural Concrete Protection Measures The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a water-measuring device in good working condition, mounted on each transit mix truck, for measuring the water added to the mix on the site. All water tanks on transit mix trucks shall be filled prior to being batched and arrive at the construction site 100% full. Each load of ready mixed concrete delivered at the job shall be accompanied by the ticket referencing design mix and showing volume of concrete, the weight of cement in pounds, percent of free water in coarse and dry aggregates, and the total weight of all ingredients in pounds. The ticket shall also show the time of day at which the materials were batched and the reading of the revolution counter at the time the truck mixer is charged. See Paragraph 1.08. 2.08 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH Concrete compressive strength requirements consist of a minimum strength that must be obtained before various loads of stresses are applied to the concrete and, for concrete designated by strength, a minimum strength at the age of 28 days. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the 28-day compressive strength of structural concrete shall be a minimum of 4,000 psi. The mix shall be designed for required strengths in accordance with ACI 301. The ratio of water to the sum of concrete + pozzolan shall not exceed 0.41 by weight for durable, watertight, concrete. The amount of fly ash in the mix shall be between 15 and 20 percent by weight of the total cementitious materials. 2.09 CONCRETE VIBRATORS Concrete vibrators for consolidating concrete shall be 2 1/2 inch diameter "high cycle" vibrators with a frequency under load of 8,000 - 10,400 vibrations per minute (vpm). Concrete vibrators of lesser capacity are unacceptable for use in any part of the construction. The CONTRACTOR shall have at least one standby concrete vibrator ready for use for every two concrete vibrators in use during a concrete placement. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRIOR TO PLACEMENT Prior to placing concrete the CONTRACTOR shall remove all debris and thoroughly dampen the surfaces that will be in contact with the concrete to be placed. The CONTRACTOR shall use compressed air from an air-compressor to blow-out construction debris and dirt at the bottom of members to be placed such as walls, beams and columns, prior to final placement of forms that will obscure any joint. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER that all debris, such as concrete particles, saw dust, loose tie wire, bar tags, tape, trash and dirt, have been thoroughly removed. No concrete shall be placed when form surfaces that will be in contact with the concrete, LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-8 Structural Concrete Protection Measures reinforcement, embedded items or sub-base is less than 32°F. When the mean daily outdoor temperature is less than 40°F, the temperature of the concrete shall be maintained between 50°F and 70°F for the required curing period. When necessary, arrangements for heating, covering, insulating, or housing the concrete work shall be made in advance of placement and shall be adequate to maintain the required temperature without injury due to concentration of heat. Combustion heaters shall not be used during the first 24 hours unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of the concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. Concrete shall not be placed against forms exposed to heating by the unless the temperature of the forms is first cooled to ≤ 90°F. 3.02 PLACEMENT Placement shall conform to ACI 301, Chapter 8 "Placing", ACI 304R, "Guide of Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete," ACI 306 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting", ACI 305 "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" and ACI 309, "Standard Practice for Consolidation of Concrete". No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, reinforcement, installation of parts to be embedded, bracing of forms, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been reviewed by the ENGINEER. No concrete shall be placed in water except with the written permission of the ENGINEER. All surfaces of forms and embedded materials that have become encrusted with dried mortar or grout from concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. Immediately before placing concrete, all surfaces upon or against which the concrete is to be placed shall be free from standing water, mud, debris or loose materials. The surfaces of absorptive materials against or upon which concrete is to be placed shall be moistened thoroughly so that moisture will not be drawn from the freshly placed concrete. The concrete shall be placed by equipment that will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients. The stream of concrete shall not be allowed to separate by permitting it to fall freely over rods, spacers or other embedded materials. No wetting of concrete surfaces during slab finishing operations shall be permitted. Further, no concrete finishing operation shall be permitted while there is water on the surface of slabs and other flatwork. Unless otherwise called out in these Specifications or shown in the Drawings, the placement lift depth of concrete in walls shall be limited to two feet or less to minimize surface defects such as air voids that can form on concrete surfaces. Lift depths will be limited to one foot if, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the quality of the finish is unacceptable at the 2-foot lift depth. 3.03 CONSOLIDATION All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated with internal vibrators as recommended in ACI 309 immediately after deposition. The concrete shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcing steel, around embedded items and into corners of forms. Vibration shall be supplemented by spading, rodding or forking to eliminate all honeycomb and voids around embedded items. The vibrator shall be inserted vertically, allowing it to penetrate rapidly to the bottom of the lift and at least six inches into the previous lift. The vibrator shall be held at the bottom of LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-9 Structural Concrete Protection Measures lift for 5 to 15 seconds. The vibrator shall be pulled up at a rate of about three inches per second. The vibrator shall be inserted so that the fields of action overlap. The field of action is approximately eight times the vibrator’s head diameter. Thus for a 2 1/2 inch diameter vibrator, the spacing of each insertion will be approximately 20 inches. Vibration shall be stopped when the concrete surface takes a sheen and large air bubbles no longer escape. Do not use a vibrator to move concrete horizontally. 3.04 OPENINGS AND INSERTS Pipe sleeves, inserts for pipe connections, anchors and forms for pipe holes must be accurately placed and securely fastened to the forms in such a manner that the placing of concrete will not alter their alignment or location. In the event that openings are inadvertently omitted or improperly placed, the ENGINEER may require the concrete to be cored at the proper location. Filling of improperly placed openings shall be done with expansive grout or dry pack or mortar applied with an accepted epoxy adhesive. The surfaces of the opening shall be roughened prior to filling. 3.05 EMBEDDED ITEMS At the time of concrete placement, embedded items should be clean and free from mud, oil and other coatings that may adversely affect bonding capacity. Aluminum embedments shall be coated with a bituminous material to prevent electrolytic action between the embedded item and reinforcing steel that results in concrete deterioration. Embedment items shall be accurately placed and securely fastened to the forms in such a manner that the placing of concrete will not alter their alignment or location. Contact between embedded items and reinforcing steel or tendon ducts is unacceptable and is not permitted. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The location of all construction joints will be subject to the acceptance of the ENGINEER. The surface of all construction joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance and standing water removed. Clean aggregate shall be exposed by abrasive blast cleaning. Wire brushing and air water jets may be used while concrete is fresh provided results are equal to abrasive blast cleaning. Construction joints shall be keyed at right angle to the direction of shear. Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings, keyways shall be at least 1-1/2" in depth over at least 25% of the area of the section. 3.07 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT The use of an evaporative retardant is required to assist in proper placement of concrete. See Section 03390. When an evaporative retardant is used, it shall be applied two times: after screeding and after the first floating operation. The retardant should be applied at a rate of one gallon of sprayable solution per 200 - 400 square feet by spraying with an industrial type sprayer. If the nozzle of the sprayer becomes plugged, the CONTRACTOR shall clean, or replace, the nozzle. Under no circumstances shall the retardant be used except by spraying a LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-10 Structural Concrete Protection Measures mist with a nozzle. The retardant shall be applied in strict conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and precautions. In no case shall the retardant be used as a finishing agent. The use of an evaporative retardant requires review and approval by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03320-1 Construction Joints Protection Measures SECTION 03320 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall supply all labor, tools, equipment and material for the preparation of construction joints in concrete in accordance with these specifications and as shown in the Drawings. This includes joints such as column-footing joints, wall construction joints, col- umn capital-slab joints, grout closures around pipe-slab penetrations and footing-slab joints. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel C. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete D. Section 03615 - Grout 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 1.04 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The ENGINEER shall review the preparation of all construction joints prior to concrete and grout closure placements. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to notify and pro- vide a minimum of 24 hours notice to the ENGINEER of these activities. If joint placement is performed without the ENGINEER’s presence, the work will be deemed unacceptable and non-conforming to these specifications. If the ENGINEER determines that construction re- view of a particular activity is unnecessary, he will provide written direction to the CONTRACTOR to proceed with that particular activity without his construction review. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) LPATH Berm Erosion 03320-2 Construction Joints Protection Measures PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface of concrete construction joints shall be clean and all materials that inhibit bond, such as curing compounds, laitance, saw dust, wood, dirt, polyethylene, pipe tape coating and paper shall be removed. Concrete shall be roughened to produce a rough, plus or minus 1/16 inch, surface texture. Concrete surfaces shall be wetted with clean potable water and standing water removed immediately before new concrete or closure grout is placed. Unless otherwise called out in the Drawings, a bonding agent shall be used prior to placing the con- crete or grout. 3.02 PIPE GROUT CLOSURE SECTIONS A. Pipe Surface Preparation Unless otherwise detailed in Drawings, all pipes penetrating concrete sections such as wall and floor slabs shall have all coatings and other materials that can inhibit bond completely removed from the portion of the pipe to be in contact with the con- crete or slab closure grout. B. Ground Surface Preparation The ground surface at joints such as pipe / slab closures shall be smooth and properly graded and compacted. All debris such as Styrofoam, paper, polyethylene and wood shall be removed. The ground surface shall be dampened and prepared to pre- vent the inclusion of dirt, pieces of aggregate or balls of soil in the concrete or grout. 3.03 CONCRETE AND CLOSURE GROUT PLACEMENT Mixing, surface preparation in addition to that prescribed above, placement, and curing of grout at pipe closure joints shall be performed in strict accordance with Specification Section 03615 and when a proprietary grout is specified, with the grout manufacturer’s directions. Special care shall be taken to insure that the grout is thoroughly and properly consolidated at waterstops, pipe weep rings, and existing concrete surfaces. An appropriate capacity vibrator shall be used when necessary or required by the manufacturer to properly consolidate the grout. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-1 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall supply all labor, tools, equipment and materials to finish properly placed concrete for structures such as box culverts, vaults, foundations, hydraulic and water retaining structures. The means and methods of repair of improperly placed or finished concrete shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER prior to performing the work. Regardless of prior approval of the means and methods of concrete finish repair, no concrete finish shall be repaired until the ENGINEER has reviewed the existing finish. This includes defects caused by ineffective and improper vibration such as honeycomb, excessive air voids on formed surfaces, placement “pour” lines (cold joints) and sand streaking. It also includes defects caused by excessive form deflections, form damage or form failure. Unless otherwise called out in the Drawings tie holes shall be finished as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete C. Section 03615 - Grout 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute 1. ACI 116 - Cement and Concrete Terminology 2. ACI 121 - Quality Assurance Systems for Concrete Construction 3. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 4. ACI SP-15 - ACI 301 Field Reference Manual 5. ACI 304 - Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods 6. ACI 309 - Identification and Control of Consolidation-Related Surface Defects in Formed Concrete 7. ACI 311 - Guide for Inspection of Concrete LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-2 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures B. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM STP 169C - Significance of Tests and Properties of Concrete and Concrete-Making Materials 2. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates C. US Department of Interior - Bureau of Reclamation 1. M-47 Standard Specifications for Repair of Concrete 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01330. B. Product Data 1. Grouts 2. Bonding agents 3. Means and methods of repairing defects unless otherwise called out herein. C. Manufacturer’s safety data sheets 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver the materials to the project site in the manufacturer’s containers with all labels intact and legible at the time of use. Materials shall be stored in a secure, indoor, dry area. Maintain grouts and aggregates in a dry condition during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREMIXED PRE-PACKAGED GROUTS A. Master Builders EMACO R320 B. Master Builders EMACO S66-CR 2.02 EPOXY BONDING AGENTS A. Master Builders Concresive Liquid (LPL) B. Master Builders Concresive Standard Liquid LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-3 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures 2.03 CEMENT ASTM C 150, Type 1 2.04 AGGREGATE ASTM C 33, 100% passing the No. 30 mesh sieve 2.05 BOND COAT MORTAR Mortar used to bond patching mortar shall be made of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of 1 part cement to not more than 1 part sand by damp loose volume. 2.06 PATCHING MORTAR Patching mixture shall be made of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of 1 part cement to not more than 2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume. White Portland Cement shall be substituted for a part of the gray Portland Cement on exposed concrete in order to produce a color matching the color of the surrounding concrete, as determined by a trial patch. The quantity of mixing water shall be no more than necessary for handling and placing. The patching mortar shall be mixed in advance and allowed to stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, without addition of water, until it has reached the stiffest consistency that will permit placing. 2.07 WATER Only clean potable water shall be used. A calibrated measuring device is required for measuring the proper amount of water to be added to pre-packaged grouts and mortars. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS Surface defects, unless otherwise specified by the Contract Documents, shall be repaired immediately after form removal but not before review by the ENGINEER. The surface temperature of the concrete shall be 50° F and rising. The CONTRACTOR shall measure surface temperatures when requested by the ENGINEER. If necessary the CONTRACTOR shall enclose and heat the area to be repaired to bring the surface temperature of the concrete and air temperature to acceptable levels and to permit proper curing. All honeycombed and other defective concrete shall be removed down to sound concrete. If chipping is necessary, the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. Feathered edges will not be permitted. The area to be patched and an area at least six inches wide surrounding it shall be dampened to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. A bonding grout shall be prepared, mixed to the consistency of thick cream, and after surface water has evaporated from the area to be patched, well brushed into the surface. LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-4 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures When the bond coat begins to lose the water sheen, the premixed patching mortar shall be applied. The mortar shall be thoroughly consolidated into place and struck off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than the surrounding surface. To permit initial shrinkage, it shall be left undisturbed for at least one hour before being finally finished. The patched area shall be kept damp for seven days. Metal tools shall not be used in finishing a patch in a formed wall that will be exposed. 3.02 TIE HOLES A. Water Retaining Structures and Below Grade Vaults with Breakback Cone Ties Fill tie holes solid as specified in Section 03615. B. Other Structures After being cleaned and thoroughly dampened, fill tie holes solid as specified in Section 03615. 3.03 PROPRIETARY MATERIALS Certain types of defects may require the use proprietary compounds for adhesion or as patching ingredients. The ENGINEER will review these defects and request means and methods for these repairs from the CONTRACTOR. In lieu of, or in addition to, the foregoing patching procedures using bond coat and patching mortars, epoxy bonding agents and premixed pre-packaged grouts may be used for repair of defective areas. Such compounds shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations and directions. The ENGINEER shall review and provide written acceptance of these procedures. 3.04 FINISHING OF FORMED AND UNFORMED SURFACES Finishes shall be performed as called out in the Drawings and in referenced Specifications. A. Formed Surfaces 1. Smooth Form Finish The form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical, with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. Surface textures that result from forms with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects shall be ground smooth or otherwise repaired. a. Air Voids on Formed Surfaces Air voids on formed surfaces deeper than 1/4 inch shall be filled with patching mortar. The frequency and size of air voids shall be equal to or better than shown in Figure 1. The total void area is 1% of the surface area, or 0.36 sq. in. This 6-inch x 6-inch figure is the LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-5 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures visual standard for acceptance of the finish that does not require filling of air voids. b. Tie Holes Tie holes shall be filled as specified in section 03615. c. Form Fins Chip or rub-off form fins exceeding 1/16 inch in height. Figure 1 LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-6 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures d. Rock Pockets Poorly consolidated concrete shall be removed to sound concrete and the defect repaired. The ENGINEER shall outline the area to be repaired. 2. As-Cast Finish For as-cast concrete finish form materials shall produced a sound surface. a. Air Voids Fill air voids deeper than 1/4 inch. and larger than 0.50 sq. in. The total area of acceptable air voids is 0.72 sq. in. in a 6 inch by 6-inch square. b. Tie Holes Tie holes shall be filled as specified in section 03615. c. Form Fins Chip or rub-off form fins exceeding 1/8 inch in height. 3. Rubbed Finish Immediately after removing the forms, form ties shall be broken back a minimum of 3/4 inch from the surface, honeycomb, voids and other surface defects grouted. The surfaces shall then be thoroughly dampened and rubbed with a No. 16 carborundum stone or equal abrasive to create a uniform surface paste. The rubbing shall be continued to remove all form marks and surface irregularities producing a smooth, dense surface. After setting, the surface shall then be rubbed with a No. 30 carborundum stone until the surface is smooth in texture and uniform in color. Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings only exposed surfaces shall have a rubbed finish. 4. Grout Finish Prepare surface as described in Rubbed Finishes above. Mix one part Portland cement and one-half parts fine sand with sufficient water to produce a grout with the consistency of thick paint. Wet surface of concrete to prevent absorption of water from grout and apply grout uniformly with brushes. Immediately after applying grout mix, scrub the surface with a cork float or stone to coat surface and fill remaining air voids and other remaining surface defects. Remove excess grout by working the surface with rubber float. After the surface whitens from drying, rub with clean burlap. Cure surface for a period of 72 hours LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-7 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures B. Unformed Surface Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings unformed surfaces shall be finished as follows. 1. Slabs Screed with straightedge to remove low and high spots bringing the surface to the required finish elevation of slope and float with a steel float at least 3 feet in width. When the concrete has reached its initial set, finish with a steel (power) trowel. Leave finish essentially free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and plane to the correct tolerance. Dusting the surface with dry cement, sand or sprinkling with water is prohibited. Finishes that are exposed and subject to foot traffic shall receive a broom finish with a texture of ± 1/16 inch. 2. Tops of Walls with Bearings Strike smooth tops of walls and similar unformed surfaces that will have bearings or bearing pads, and finish with a steel trowel. 3. Tops of Exposed Footings in Reservoirs Strike smooth tops of footings and finish with a light broom providing a texture of ± 1/16 inch. 4. Stairways and Sidewalks Strike smooth tops of stairs and sidewalks and finish with a light broom providing a texture of ± 1/16 inch. 5. Slabs with Waterproofing Membranes Strike smooth and float finish. 6. Construction Joint Surfaces Surface shall be broom or raked finished. Surface shall be water or grit blasted prior to placing additional concrete, such as columns on column footings and column footings on reservoir slabs. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-8 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-1 Concrete Curing Protection Measures SECTION 03390 CONCRETE CURING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, tools and equipment for curing plain and reinforced cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03310 – Structural Concrete B. Section 03320 – Construction Joints C. Section 03350 – Concrete Finishing 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting 2. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting 3. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C 171 – Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete 2. ASTM C 309 – Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 3. ASTM D 2103 – Polyethylene Film and Sheeting 1.04 SUBMITTALS Provide data on curing compounds sheet materials and methods of securing sheet materials in place. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL Perform the work in accordance with this Specification and in accordance with applicable ACI standards. When a conflict occurs between this Specification and ACI occurs, the ACI standard shall control. The CONTRACTOR shall have a copy of the current applicable ACI standards on site. All materials shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions, a copy of which shall be on site. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver, store and handle products under the provisions of Section 01650. LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-2 Concrete Curing Protection Measures Deliver curing materials in manufacturer’s original packaging including applicable instructions and manufacturer’s safety data sheets (MSDS). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS FOR CURING CONCRETE White burlap-polyethylene sheeting weighing not less than 10 oz/linear yard, 40 inches wide, impregnated on one side with white opaque polyethylene 0.004 inches thick as specified in ASTM C 171 shall be used when called out in the Drawings or in other applicable specifications. The polyethylene shall be securely bonded to the burlap so that there will be no separation. 2.02 LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS FOR CURING CONCRETE Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall and conform to ASTM C 309, Type 1-D with a red or white fugitive dye. Use a white dye unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 2.03 POLYETHYLENE FILM Polyethylene film shall conform to ASTM D 2103. The film shall have a thickness of 6 mils and be a white opaque color. 2.04 LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING COMPOUND AND EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT APPLICATORS/ SPRAYERS Membrane curing and evaporative retardant compounds shall be applied with a sprayer manufactured by Allen Engineering, Inc., or equal, capable of maintaining a constant pressure. (Allen Engineering, Inc., P.O. Box 819, Paragould, Arizona 74450, telephone (800) 643-0095.) Unless otherwise accepted in writing by the ENGINEER, spraying membrane curing compounds or evaporative retardants by other methods, such as hand pressurized sprayers, is unacceptable. 2.05 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT Confilm manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. or approved equal. 2.06 WATER Water shall only be used when prior approval is granted by the ENGINEER. Only water that has been determined to be non-detrimental to concrete shall be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Beginning immediately after placement, concrete shall be protected from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury, and shall be maintained with minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature for the period necessary for hydration of the cement and hardening of the concrete in accordance with ACI 308, "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete". The materials and method of curing shall be subject LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-3 Concrete Curing Protection Measures to review and acceptance by the ENGINEER. Specific curing requirements may be called out on the Drawings or other Technical Specifications. Curing shall be continued for at least seven days. Alternatively, if tests are made of cylinders kept adjacent to the structure and cured by the same methods, moisture retention measures may be terminated when the average compressive strength has reached 70% of the specified concrete strength. When a spray applied membrane-curing compound is used, it shall be applied in two coats with the second coat applied at right angles to the first coat. 3.02 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT An evaporative retardant shall be used during concrete placement for water retaining structure floor and roof slabs and other slabs larger than 2,500 square feet in size. The retardant shall be sprayed using a power sprayer at a rate of 10 gallons per 2,000 square feet after screeding and repeated after the first floating operation. The evaporative retardant shall not be applied during the final steel troweling operations or after the water sheen has disappeared from the concrete surface. 3.03 SLABS For concrete surfaces not in contact with forms, a procedure determined by the ENGINEER shall be applied immediately after completion of placement and finishing. 3.04 WALLS AND COLUMNS Moisture loss from surfaces placed against wooden or metal forms exposed to heating by the sun shall be minimized by keeping the forms wet until they can be safely removed. After form removal, the concrete shall be cured until the end of the curing time by one of the previously described curing methods. Concrete shall not be placed against forms that have been exposed to air below freezing temperatures until the forms have been heated so that the surface temperature of the form is ≥ 40° F. The top of walls and columns not covered by forms shall be cured using a membrane-curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309 immediately after placement 3.05 OTHER SURFACES Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings all other surfaces shall be cured using two applications of a membrane-curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309. The second application shall be applied at 90° to the first application. 3.06 COLD WEATHER Curing during cold weather conditions shall include the above methods except for water cure unless measures are taken to prevent freezing of the water. 3.07 HOT WEATHER If the rate of evaporation approaches 0.2 lb/ft2 /hr, as estimated by ACI 305, precautions against plastic shrinkage cracking are required. The CONTRACTOR shall have a recording LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-4 Concrete Curing Protection Measures thermometer, hygrometer and wind gage on site seven days prior to first concrete placement. When necessary, provision for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light colored material shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. Precautions against plastic shrinkage cracks may be required in conditions other than what is normally considered hot weather conditions. 3.08 RATE OF TEMPERATURE CHANGE Changes in temperature of the air immediately adjacent to the concrete during and immediately following the curing period shall be kept as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one hour or 50° F in any 24-hour period. 3.09 PROTECTION FROM MECHANICAL INJURY During the curing period, the concrete shall be protected from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. All finished concrete surfaces shall be protected from damage by construction equipment, materials, or methods, by application of curing procedures, and by rain or running water. Self-supporting structures shall not be loaded in such a way as to overstress the concrete. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-1 Grout Protection Measures SECTION 03615 GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools and equipment for the placement of grout in tie holes and other locations as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. This section includes basic mixing, application, and curing methods for grout. Contractor shall have a printed set of manufacturer’s recommendations for product use on site for review during preparation, mixing and application of grouts. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete C. Section 03320 - Construction Joints D. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing E. Section 03900 - Concrete Curing 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. ASTM C 78 - Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading B. ASTM C 109 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars - Modified C. ASTM C 469 - Test Method for Static Modulus of Elasticity and Poisson’s Ratio of Concrete in Compression D. ASTM C 666 - Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing E. ASTM C 882 - Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy Resin Systems used with Concrete - Modified F. ASTM C 1012 - Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic Cement Mortars Ex- posed to Sulfate Solution - Modified G. ASTM C 1202 - Electrical Indication of Resistance to Chloride Ion Penetration LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-2 Grout Protection Measures 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Grout B. Bonding Agent C. Curing Compound 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Tests 1. When the Owner is to perform grout testing, the Contractor shall assist the Owner or his concrete testing consultant as requested during the perform- ance of quality control testing. 2. When prescribed in the Drawings or by these Specifications, length change test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of mortar, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to insure continued compliance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or Specifications the testing will be performed by the Owner or testing representative. 3. When required length change tests and fabrication of specimens for cement based mortar will be performed as specified in ASTM C 1012 at intervals during construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 and 28 days. 4. All mortar, already placed, that fails to meet the requirements of this Speci- fication, is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the Contractor. 5. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or Specifications, the cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but the Contractor shall assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing. However, the Con- tractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the Specifications. B. Construction Tolerances Construction tolerances shall be as specified in the Section 03110 except as modified herein and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.06 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS Master Builders Technologies EMACO R320 - Polymer-Modified Vertical/Overhead Patching Mortar MB 429, Masterkure CR, Masterkure 200W or Masterkure 100W - curing com- pounds LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-3 Grout Protection Measures 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Cement based mortar shall be delivered and stored in manufacturer’s packaging until it is ready to be mixed and placed. Mortar bags shall be stored off the ground and protected from water and all other substances that will penetrate packaging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR FOR TIE HOLES EMACO R320 or approved equal. 2.02 BONDING ADHESIVES Concresive Liquid LPL, Concresive Standard Liquid or approved equal. 2.03 WATER Only clean potable water shall be used. A calibrated measuring device is required for meas- uring the proper amount of water to be added to grouts and mortars. 2.04 CURING COMPOUND MB 429, Masterkure 100W, Masterkure 200Wor approved equal. 2.05 (EXPOSED) REINFORCING STEEL COATING EMACO P22 or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL These grouts contain admixtures that increase grout strength and workability. The strength and performance of the grout is dependent on proper surface preparation, grout mixing and curing. The Contractor shall be required to use a calibrated measuring device to add clean potable water to the grout mix. Water added to a grout mix without a calibrated device is cause for grout rejection, removal and re-placement. Curing is critical to prevent shrinkage cracks that can develop with grouts containing some admixtures. Curing shall begin immediately after placement. All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, and other means of execu- tion for pre-packaged mortars shall be done according to the instructions and recommenda- tions of the manufacturer and this Specification. In the event that a conflict occurs between this Specification and manufacturer’s instructions, the manufacturer’s instructions shall pre- vail in all cases. LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-4 Grout Protection Measures 3.02 GROUT FOR TIE HOLES A. Preparation: Thoroughly clean the roughened surface and any exposed reinforcement of rust, dirt, loose chips, and dust. Maintain substrate in a saturated, surface-dry condition. Where applicable, exposed reinforcing steel shall be coated with EMACO P22 rein- forcing steel bar protection coating prior to patching. B. Mixing: Comply with mortar manufacturer’s recommendations for water quantity. Mechani- cally mix with a slow speed drill (400 to 600 RPM) and Jiffler-type paddle. Pour approximately 90% of the mix water into the mixing container; then add the bagged material while continuing to mix. Add remaining water as needed. Mix time shall not exceed 5 minutes. C. Application: Apply bonding adhesive such as Concresive Liquid LPL or Concresive Standard Liquid. Place and finish with trowel or screed. In hot, windy, or dry conditions, where rapid surface evaporation may occur, use Confilm Evaporation Reducer. D. Curing: Apply Masterkure 200 W curing compound in accordance with label instructions. END OF SECTION APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION CACHE LA POUDRE RIVER CONTROLLED SPILL STRUCTURES FORT COLLINS, COLORADO LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01140 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES SECTION 01145 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01180 UTILITY SOURCES SECTION 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS SECTION 01425 STANDARD REFERENCES SECTION 01450 MATERIALS TESTING SECTION 01555 TRAFFIC REGULATION SECTION 01635 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 01650 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING SECTION 01710 SITE CONDITIONS SECTION 01715 TREE, LANDSCAPE, VEGETATION, AND WETLAND PROTECTION SECTION 01720 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING SECTION 01745 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS SECTION 01780 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-1 Summary of Work Protection Measures SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Furnish all labor and install all materials for the LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures, including but not limited to the following items: The project includes the removal of existing fence, the removal of existing trees and concrete rubble, and the installation of erosion control measures. The project also includes the excavation and transportation of fill material and the placement of fill material. The installation of concrete block revetment mats, the installation of concrete sills, buried riprap, and the preparation of all disturbed areas for revegetation. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR must show proof to have completed at least 3 projects involving dewatering or concrete block revetment mat. 1.03 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Work Sequence is to be submitted as part of the construction schedule required in Section 01320. Construction of the project shall begin within seven (7) calendar days of the date of Notice to Proceed unless approved by the ENGINEER. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The CONTRACTOR will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates "Normal" weather and climate conditions in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the CONTRACTOR demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the CONTRACTOR’s work and thus required additional time to complete the work. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-2 Summary of Work Protection Measures Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the OWNER indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the CONTRACTOR’s workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the CONTRACTOR. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The OWNER will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of work days delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the CONTRACTOR have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. The CONTRACTOR’s schedule must reflect the above-anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather-dependent activities. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the OWNER shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the CONTRACTOR arising out of such delays. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the CONTRACTOR will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-3 Summary of Work Protection Measures The CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the CONTRACTOR has promptly given written notice of such delay to the OWNER or ENGINEER. 1. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the OWNER. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the OWNER, acts of another CONTRACTOR in the performance of a contract with the OWNER, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above. 3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. Other than the conditions above, CONTRACTOR is permitted to start the work at any location within the project site. The CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the construction traffic control requirements delineated in Section 01555 and on the Drawings. 1.04 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES A. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to verify the existence and location of all underground utilities along the route of the work and to coordinate the construction schedules with these utility owners. B. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans and from field potholing, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the OWNER or the ENGINEER for their accuracy or completeness. C. The CONTRACTOR shall field verify all utilities and coordinate construction with utility owners prior to starting construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for protecting utilities during construction and scheduling utility adjustments to eliminate conflict with progress of the work. D. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER immediately of any field condition not consistent with the contract documents. E. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for repairing or paying for the repairs to any damaged utilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) LPATH Berm Erosion 01010-4 Summary of Work Protection Measures PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01140-1 Contractor’s Use of Premises Protection Measures SECTION 01140 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The CONTRACTOR may use the OWNER’s property designated within the construction limits shown on the Drawings for equipment and materials as long as he confines his operations to those permitted by local laws, ordinance and permits and meets the following requirements: 1. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products stored on premised. 3. Move any stored products which interfere with operations of the OWNER. 4. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations. 1.02 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A. The CONTRACTOR must maintain all of his construction activities within the OWNER’s property and/or construction easements and limits of the project, or other stated areas, unless permits and/or written permission are obtained by the CONTRACTOR, from appropriate authorities or private property owners, outside of these areas. Contractor to fence all easements and work areas. The temporary permits must be secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the OWNER. Any temporary permits secured must be in writing and a copy of same provided to the ENGINEER. 1.03 SECURITY A. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times be responsible for the security of his facilities and equipment. The OWNER will not take responsibility for missing or damaged equipment, tools, or personal belongings of the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01140-2 Contractor’s Use of Premises Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01145-1 Special Project Procedures Protection Measures SECTION 01145 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General construction requirements and special considerations relating to the elements of construction of the LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures. Specific descriptions of the work are provided for the following sections of the project: 1) Construction of the North and South spills. 2) Removal of fill material from borrow sites South of the Blue Gill Pond, and North of Prospect Road. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00520 – Agreement PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL A. The CONTRACTOR, with input and cooperation from the OWNER, will prepare the construction traffic control plans and specifications for construction of the project. The traffic control plan shall be submitted at least 7 days prior to the start of traffic control activities. Any changes to the approved traffic control plan will need to be submitted to the City of Fort Collins Traffic Department at least 48 hours prior to instituting the proposed changes. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide to the City of Fort Collins Traffic Department a detailed construction schedule for the work, including production rates, estimated closure times for streets and intersections, if any, and material delivery and haul routes. C. Section 01555 Traffic Regulation is provided as a guide to items of work the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for, and that may not be specifically referenced in the construction traffic control plan. Such items include providing access to fire hydrants, access for emergency services, and provision of warning signs and lights around the work zone, especially during non-work periods. 3.03 NATURAL AREAS Due to the project being located entirely within a city designated natural area the CONTRACTOR shall abide by the rules and regulations set forth by the City of Fort Collins Natural Resources Department. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01145-2 Special Project Procedures Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01180-1 Utility Sources Protection Measures SECTION 01180 UTILITY SOURCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for the CONTRACTOR’s convenience. The CONTRACTOR assumes all responsibility of contacting these agencies and verification of telephone numbers. 1. Water a. City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6700 b. Fort Collins – Loveland Water District (970) 226-3104 c. East Larimer Water District (970) 493-2044 2. Sanitary Sewer - City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6700 - Boxelder Sanitation District (970) 498-0604 3. Stormwater - City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6700 4. Natural Resources – City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6600 5. Park Planning – City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6360 6. Electrical a. City of Fort Collins (970) 224-6157 b. Platte River Power Authority (PRPA) (970) 226-4000 c. Western Area Power Administration (WAPA) (970) 461-7298 d. Poudre Valley Rural Electric Association (PVREA) (970) 226-1234 e. Public Service Company (PSC) / Xcel Energy (800) 895-1999 7. Engineering – City of Fort Collins (970) 221-6605 8. Traffic – City of Fort Collins (970) 224-6062 9. Gas - Xcel Energy (800) 895-2999 10. Telephone - Qwest (970) 222-2414 11. Cable TV - Comcast (970) 484-7166 12. One-Call Utility Locates 1 (800) 922-1987 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01180-2 Utility Sources Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-1 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures SECTION 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work performed under this Agreement shall be paid for on both a Unit Price basis and Lump Sum basis for individual line items at the rates for the respective items on the Bid Schedule. The quantities provided on the Bid Schedule are only estimates of the actual quantities of the work to be performed, and are only included for purposes of making the award and establishing a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work. The actual amounts of work performed and materials furnished for unit price bid items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials bid as a unit price will be the actual amount of approved work done and materials furnished. Payment shall be made only for those items included in the Bid Schedule. All costs incurred shall comply with the provisions of these Specifications and shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated items in the Bid Schedule. Except as may be otherwise stipulated, no material, labor or equipment will be furnished by the OWNER. The quantity of work which will be considered for payment is the actual number of units completed in accordance with all relative Specifications. This basis of measurement and payment for each proposal item will be described below. The following provides a general listing of contract bid items along with a brief summary of the work and materials included, but not limited to, in the unit price or lump sum price for each bid item. Refer to the Specifications and Drawings for additional information. 1.02 PAY ITEMS 1. Mobilization No unit measurement for payment will be made for any of the work, materials and equipment required for mobilization and field overhead. This work consists of the mobilization of personnel, equipment and supplies at the project site in preparation for work on the project. This item shall include the establishment of the CONTRACTOR’S offices, buildings and other necessary facilities, and all other costs incurred or labor and operations which must be performed prior to beginning the other items under the Contract. This item shall also include temporary fencing around project work and driving areas, and any other fencing/security items as deemed necessary by the CONTRACTOR. This item also includes obtaining permits and CONTRACTOR testing. This item may also include provision of required bonds, insurance and preparation of the project schedule. The removal of the CONTRACTOR's equipment, supplies, excess materials, and cleanup of the site are also included in this item. Payment will be made as the work progresses. Fifty percent (50%) of the lump sum bid price will be paid at the time of the first monthly progress payment. An additional thirty percent (30%) will be paid when one-half the original contract amount is earned. The remaining twenty percent (20%) will LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-2 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures be paid upon final acceptance of the project. The total amount for mobilization shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total bid. Pay Item Pay Unit Mobilization LS 2. Traffic / Access Control No unit measurement for payment shall be made for any of the materials, work, and equipment required. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, and maintain the approved Traffic Control Plan in accordance with the Drawings and accepted Traffic Control Plan. The work also includes but is not limited to the installation and maintenance of all required barricades and signs. Payment will be made as work progresses. Fifty percent (50%) of the lump sum bid price will be paid when twenty five (25%) of the original contract amount has been earned; an additional thirty percent (30%) will be paid when fifty percent (50%) of the original contract amount has been earned; and the remaining twenty percent (20%) will be paid upon final acceptance of the project. Pay Item Pay Unit Traffic / Access Control LS 3. Clearing and Grubbing No measurement for payment shall be made for any of the materials, work, and equipment required. Payment will be made as work progresses on a percentage lump sum basis. The payment shall be total compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, and conduct the clearing and grubbing, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, including all costs associated with the disposing of materials off-site. Pay Item Pay Unit Clearing and Grubbing LS 4. Construction Dewatering (North Spill and River Riprap Location) No unit measurement for payment will be made for this work. Work includes all equipment, temporary power, labor and materials for implementation of measures to control surface water and groundwater. Pay item also includes all work necessary to obtain the required Stormwater Management Permit and the Construction Dewatering Permit from the LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-3 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Colorado Department of Health. Also included are all equipment, labor and materials for evaluation, design, construction, and monitoring of dewatering. Payment shall be made based on the percentage of all work completed at the time of each Progress Payment. Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Dewatering (North Spill and River LS Riprap Location) 5. Remove Concrete Rubble The measurement for removal of this item will be made on a unit basis. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for removing, hauling and disposal of such items including existing concrete rubble, and all other work necessary to remove these items in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Replacement of riprap, trees, or vegetation outside of the pay lines due to the CONTRACTOR’s failure to protect existing, undisturbed materials shall not be paid for and shall be replaced at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Pay Item Pay Unit Remove Concrete Rubble SF 6. Fence Removal/Resetting (Wood Fence) The measurement for payment of this item will be the total number of linear feet of fence removed, stored, re-installed and accepted by the ENGINEER. No payment will be made for items installed as the result of negligence or unauthorized operations by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall supply and install any new materials required to remove, store, and re-install the fence in its original location. Posts, rails and hardware shall be salvaged and re-installed, provided that they are in condition acceptable to the ENGINEER. The unit bid price per linear foot shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’S costs of whatsoever nature. The bid price shall include: removing, storing, and re-installing all posts, rails, and appurtenances, all additional materials, including wire and concrete; excavation, fill, compaction; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the work. Pay Item Pay Unit Fence Removal/Resetting (Wood Fence) LF LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-4 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures 7. Silt Fence The measurement for payment of silt fence will be the actual number of linear feet of silt fence installed. The work includes all equipment, labor, materials, maintenance, and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, maintain, remove the silt fence upon completion of construction, repair and reseed ground along fence line, in accordance with the Drawings. Pay Item Pay Unit Silt Fence LF 8. Straw Bale – Sediment and Erosion Control Structure The measurement for payment of straw bales will be on a unit basis. Payment will be made for each bale furnished and placed. The work includes all equipment, labor, materials, maintenance and all incidentals necessary to prepare, implement, maintain, and ultimately remove the straw bales in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit Straw Bale – Sediment and Erosion Control Structure EA 9. Unclassified Excavation 10. Muck Excavation 11. Native Soil (Over Revetment Mat Only) 12. Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul 13. Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul The measurement for payment of unclassified excavation will be the total number of cubic yards of material excavated according to the final Drawings. Unclassified excavation shall consist of excavation of all materials on the site to final grades, excluding the bid items listed in Section 02220. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. Unclassified excavation shall be measured from the drawings and cross sections, and the plan quantity will be paid for by the cubic yard. Muck excavation shall include excavation of unsuitable material and haul and disposal of unsuitable material. Muck excavation shall also include the cost of materials used to replace muck excavation. Muck excavation of material from rain or weather damage will not be paid for and is entirely the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility. This item will be measured in the field and will be paid for by the cubic yard. If unsuitable subgrade is encountered and the ENGINEER directs the CONTRACTOR to overexcavate the material, the CONTRACTOR shall use LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-5 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures uniformly graded 1 1/2” rock. This item will be measured in the field and will be paid by the cubic yard per ticket of material used. Native Soil shall include stripping existing vegetation, temporarily stockpiling, load, haul and placement of topsoil within all designated areas of the construction site. This item shall be measured in the field and the volume calculated by the area multiplied by the depth, as determined by the ENGINEER with no allowance for shrinkage or swell, and shall be paid for by the cubic yard. Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul shall include all excavated material, which is placed as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in Section 02315. This item shall include placement and compaction of excavated material that has been determined as suitable from the on-site excavations. This item will be measured from the drawings and cross sections and the plan quantity will be paid for by the cubic yard. Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul shall include all excavated material, which is placed as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in Section 02315. This item shall include haul, placement and compaction of excavated material that has been determined as suitable from the on-site excavations. This item will be measured from the drawings and cross sections and the plan quantity will be paid for by the cubic yard. Pay Item Pay Unit Unclassified Excavation CY Muck Excavation CY Native Soil (Over Revetment Mat Only) CY Embankment (Complete In Place) without Haul CY Embankment (Complete In Place) with Haul CY 14. Concrete Sill (Complete In Place) The measurement for payment of the concrete sill shown on the Drawings, will be the total amount of cubic yards dimensioned on the Drawings, completed in place, and accepted. No measurement for payment will be made for items placed outside of the dimensions as shown on the Drawings unless directed by the ENGINEER. The unit price bid per cubic yard shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The price bid shall include: excavation; furnishing and placing the concrete and steel reinforcement; forming; furnishing and applying curing compounds; finishing the edging the concrete surfaces; joints and joint materials; furnishing and compacting all materials required for preparation of a stable subbase; backfilling; and, all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to construct the concrete sill in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. No measurement for payment shall be made for replacement of materials damaged by the CONTRACTOR in his operations. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-6 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Sill (Complete In Place) CY 15. Concrete Block Revetment Mat – North Spill The measurement for payment for this item will be by the actual number of square feet in place. The unit price bid per square foot of Concrete Block Revetment Mat for the North Spill shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature including: furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and any other incidentals to Concrete Block Revetment Mat in accordance with the Contract Documents, complete-in-place; haul from the suppliers source; placement of revetment mat to design dimensions; excavation and embankment; subgrade preparation; compaction; furnishing and placement of filter fabric; grout; reinforcing bar; steel cable; anchors; and, any other miscellaneous items and work shown or reasonably implied on the Drawings and in the Specifications for this work, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Block Revetment Mat – North Spill SF 16. Concrete Block Revetment Mat (Including Drainage Layer) – South Spill The measurement for payment for this item will be by the actual number of square feet in place. The unit price bid per square foot of Concrete Block Revetment Mat for the North Spill shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature including: furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and any other incidentals to Concrete Block Revetment Mat in accordance with the Contract Documents, complete-in-place; haul from the suppliers source; placement of revetment mat to design dimensions; excavation and embankment; subgrade preparation; compaction; furnishing and placement of filter fabric; furnishing and placement of ¾” crushed rock drainage layer; grout; reinforcing bar; steel cable; anchors; and, any other miscellaneous items and work shown or reasonably implied on the Drawings and in the Specifications for this work, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Block Revetment Mat SF (Including Drainage Layer) – South Spill LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-7 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures 17. Riprap (Class 12) The measurement for payment of riprap will be the total number of tons of riprap required to be placed as specified on the Drawings or as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Measurement does not include the thickness of the bedding. The unit price bid per ton of riprap placed shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The item shall include: furnishing, transporting, and placing all riprap; excavation, compaction, backfilling, removal and disposal of excavations and debris; Type II bedding material; geotextile fabric; compacted fill required to bury riprap; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to place the riprap in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit Riprap (Class 12) TON 18. 4” to 8” Crushed Concrete Rubble The measurement for payment of 4” to 8” crushed concrete rubble will be the total number of tons of concrete rubble required to be placed as specified on the Drawings or as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The unit price bid per ton of concrete rubble placed shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The item shall include: furnishing, transporting, and placing all concrete rubble; excavation, compaction, backfilling, removal and disposal of excavations and debris; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to place the concrete rubble in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit 4” to 8” Crushed Concrete Rubble TON 19. 1-1/2” Washed Rock The measurement for payment of 1-1/2” washed rock will be the total number of tons of washed rock required to be placed as specified on the Drawings or as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. The unit price bid per ton of washed rock placed shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s costs of whatsoever nature. The item shall include: furnishing, transporting, and placing all washed rock; excavation, compaction, backfilling, removal and disposal of excavations and debris; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to place the washed rock in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-8 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Pay Item Pay Unit 1-1/2” Washed Rock TON 20. Landscape-Tree Removal (>12” Diameter) The measurement and payment for Tree Removal will be the total number of trees removed as shown on the bid schedule and measured and accepted by the ENGINEER in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The ENGINEER will mark all trees to be removed and paid for under this item. All other miscellaneous tree and shrub removal shall be included in Clearing and Grubbing. Payment will be made upon completion of the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The unit price bid for each item shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’s cost of whatsoever nature to complete the tree removal including: furnishing and transporting all materials, labor, and equipment; excavation and removal of tree and stump and root system; backfilling and compaction; and, all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to perform the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape-Tree Removal (>12” Diameter) EA 21. Ground Preparation for Seeding The measurement for payment of this item will be the total number of acres of disturbed ground prepared for seeding and accepted by the ENGINEER. No payment will be made for prepared ground outside of the limit of disturbance. The unit bid price per acre shall include all of the CONTRACTOR’S costs of whatsoever nature. The bid price shall include: watering, disking, and the preparation of disturbed ground to receive grass seed and shrubs; and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to conduct the work. Pay Item Pay Unit Ground Preparation for Seeding AC 22. Topsoil (Delivery and Stockpile only - No Installation) The measurement for payment of topsoil will be the total number of cubic yards of material delivered to the site. This item shall include delivery of the material and placement at various locations within the site. The final location of these delivery sites will be at the direction of the ENGINEER. LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-9 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures Pay Item Pay Unit Topsoil (Delivery and Stockpile only - No Installation) CY END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01270-10 Measurement and Payment Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01310-1 Project Meetings Protection Measures SECTION 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre-Construction Conference: A Pre-Construction Conference will be held after Notice of Award and before the Notice to Proceed, the date, time and location will be determined after Notice of Award. The conference shall be attended by: 1. CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’s Superintendent 2. CONTRACTOR’s Subcontractors 3. ENGINEER 4. OWNER 5. Others as requested by the CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or ENGINEER. Unless previously submitted to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall bring to the conference a tentative schedule of the construction project, including the scheduled shop drawings and other submittals. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda will include: 1. CONTRACTOR’s tentative Schedule 2. Permit applications and submittals, including 402 Permit, Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, and Traffic Control Plan 3. Transmittal, review and distribution of CONTRACTOR’s submittals 4. Processing applications for payment 5. Maintaining record documents 6. Critical work sequencing 7. Field decision and change orders 8. Use of premises, office and storage areas, staging area, security, housekeeping, and OWNER’s needs 9. CONTRACTOR’s assignment of safety and first aid LPATH Berm Erosion 01310-2 Project Meetings Protection Measures B. Construction Progress Meetings: Progress meetings will be conducted weekly or at some other frequency, if approved by the OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. These meetings shall be attended by the OWNER, the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR’s representative and any others invited by these people. The meeting will be conducted by the ENGINEER and the ENGINEER will arrange for keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance. The agenda of these project meetings will include construction progress, the status of submittal reviews, the status of information requests, critical work sequencing, review of strategies for connections into existing facilities, status of field orders and change orders, and any general business. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01320-1 Construction Schedules Protection Measures SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare detailed schedule of all construction operations and procurements to be reviewed by parties attending the preconstruction conference. Schedule shall be approved by the OWNER and ENGINEER prior to Notice to Proceed. 1.02 FORMAT AND SUBMISSIONS A. Prepare construction and procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying scheduled and actual progress. The construction schedule shall clearly identify the critical path for the project and shall also identify all critical procurement items. B. Submit four (4) copies of each schedule to the OWNER and ENGINEER for review. The ENGINEER will return one copy to the CONTRACTOR with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of the OWNER or others. 1.03 CONTENT A. Construction Progress Schedule 1. Show the complete work sequence of construction by activity and location. 2. Show the dates for the beginning and completion of major task items. At a minimum, show the following items: • Removal of trees and concrete rubble. • Installation of concrete sills for the North and South spills. • Placement of fill for the North and South spills • Installation of the concrete revetment mats and backfill for the North and South spills. • Placement of the buried riprap in the Cache la Poudre River. • Seeding/Mulching and placement of erosion control mat (By others). 3. Show projected percentage of completion for each item as of the first day of the month. B. Report of delivery of equipment and materials. 1. Show delivery status of critical and major items of equipment and materials. 2. Include a schedule which includes the critical path for Shop Drawings, tests, and other submittal requirements for equipment and materials. LPATH Berm Erosion 01320-2 Construction Schedules Protection Measures 1.04 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Submit revised schedules and reports when changes are foreseen, when requested by OWNER or ENGINEER, and with each application for progress payment. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of others. 1.05 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. OWNER's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting CONTRACTOR in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. B. It is not to be construed as relieving CONTRACTOR from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-1 Submittals Protection Measures SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements: 1. Where required by the Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall submit descriptive information that will enable the ENGINEER to determine whether the CONTRACTOR’s proposed materials, equipment, methods of work are in general conformance to the design concept and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. The information submitted may consist of drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples, test results, product data, and such other information, all as specifically required in the Specifications. In some instances, specified submittal information describes some, but not all features of the material, equipment, or method of work. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment, or method of work shall be as described in the submittal. The CONTRACTOR shall verify that all features of all products conform to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there is no conflict with other submittals and notify the ENGINEER in each case where its submittal may affect the work of another CONTRACTOR or the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure coordination of submittals among the related crafts and subcontractors. 3. Submittals will be reviewed for overall design intent and returned to CONTRACTOR with action to be indicated by the ENGINEER. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to assure that previously accepted documents are destroyed when they are superseded by a resubmittal as such. 4. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to ensure that required items are corrected and resubmitted. Any work done before approval shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s own risk. B. Submittal Procedure: 1. Unless a different number is called for in the individual sections, six (6) copies of each submittal and sample are required, four (4) of which will be retained by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall receive two (2) copies in return. Faxed submittals will not be accepted. 2. Submittals that are related to or affect each other shall be forwarded simultaneously as a package to facilitate coordinated review. Uncoordinated submittals will be rejected. LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-2 Submittals Protection Measures 3. If the items or system proposed are acceptable but the major part of the individual drawings or documents are incomplete or require revision, the submittal will be returned with requirements for completion. 4. The right is reserved for the ENGINEER to require submittals in addition to those called for in individual sections. 5. Submittals regarding material and equipment shall be submitted directly to the ENGINEER and will be accompanied by a transmittal form. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate discrete sections for which the submittal is required. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer’s package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. 6. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: “XXX-Y;” where “XXX” is the originally assigned submittal number and “Y” is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals (i.e., A, B, or C being the first, second and third resubmittals, respectively). Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of Submittal 25. 7. If the CONTRACTOR proposes to provide material, equipment, or method of work that deviates from the Contract Documents, it shall indicate so under “deviations” on the transmittal form accompanying the submittal copies. 8. Submittals that do not have all the information required to be submitted, including deviations, are not acceptable and will be returned without review. C. Review Procedure: 1. Submittals are specified for those features and characteristics of materials, equipment, and methods of operation that can be selected based on the CONTRACTOR’s judgment of their conformance to the requirements of the Drawing and Specifications. Other features and characteristics are specified in a matter that enables the CONTRACTOR to determine acceptable options without submittals. The review procedure is based on the CONTRACTOR’s guarantee that all features and characteristics not requiring submittals conform to the Drawings and Specifications. Review shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to verifying quantities, dimensions, weights or gages, or fabrication processes (except where specifically indicated or required by the Specifications) of separate items, and as such, will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 2. Unless otherwise specified, within twenty-one (21) calendar days after receipt of the submittal, the ENGINEER will review the submittal and return copies. The returned submittal will indicate one of the following actions: LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-3 Submittals Protection Measures a. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method complies with the Specifications, submittal copies will be marked “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN”. In this event, the CONTRACTOR may begin to implement the work method or incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal. b. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked “FURNISH AS NOTED”. The CONTRACTOR may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in Operation and Maintenance data, a corrected copy shall be provided. c. If the review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data, copies will be marked “REVISE AND RESUBMIT”. Except at its own risk, the CONTRACTOR shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and returned marked either “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “FURNISH AS NOTED”. d. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method do not comply with the Specifications, copies of the submittal will be marked “REJECTED”. Submittals with deviations that have not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at its own risk, the CONTRACTOR shall not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned marked either ”NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “FURNISH AS NOTED”. D. Drawing: 1. The term “shop drawings” includes drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematic, descriptive literature, illustrations schedules performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by CONTRACTOR to explain in detail specific portions of the work required by the Contract 2. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all such drawings, and review them for legibility, accuracy, completeness and compliance with contract requirements and shall indicate this approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Shop drawing submitted to the ENGINEER without evidence of CONTRACTOR’s approval will be returned for resubmission. 3. Shop drawing shall be clearly identified with the name and project number of this contract, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and contract drawings. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. 4. CONTRACTOR shall stamp his approval on shop drawings prior to submission to the ENGINEER as indication of his checking and verification of dimensions and coordination with interrelated items. Stamp shall read: “(CONTRACTOR’s Name) represents that we have determined and verified all field dimensions and measurements, field construction LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-4 Submittals Protection Measures criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that we have checked with the requirements of the Specifications and Drawings, the Contract Documents, and General Conditions”. Marks on drawings by CONTRACTOR shall not be in red. Any marks by CONTRACTOR shall be duplicated on all copies submitted. 5. If shop drawings show variations from contract requirements, CONTRACTOR shall describe such variations in writing, separate from the drawings, at time of submission. All such variations must be approved by the ENGINEER. If ENGINEER approves any such variations, he shall issue an appropriate contract modification, except that, if the variation is minor and does not involve a change in price or in time of performance, a modification need not be issued. 6. Should the CONTRACTOR propose any item on his shop drawings or incorporate an item into the work, and that item should subsequently prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory, (regardless of the ENGINEER’s preliminary review), the CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, replace the item with another item that will perform satisfactorily. E. Certificates: For those items called for in individual sections, furnish six (6) certificates of compliance from manufacturers or suppliers certifying that materials or equipment being furnished under the Contract comply with the requirements of these Specifications. F. Samples: Samples shall be sufficient in size to clearly illustrate functional characteristics and full range of color, texture, and pattern. G. Effect of Review of CONTRACTOR’s Submittals: Review of drawings, data, methods of work, or information regarding materials or equipment the CONTRACTOR proposes to provide, shall not relieve the contractor of its responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the ENGINEER or the OWNER, or by any officer or employee thereof, and the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim under the Contract on account of the failure or partial failure, of the method of work, material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of “NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN” or “FURNISH AS NOTED” shall mean that the OWNER has no objection to the CONTRACTOR, upon its own responsibility, using the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed. LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-5 Submittals Protection Measures PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01330-6 Submittals Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-1 Standard References Protection Measures SECTION 01425 STANDARD REFERENCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, or laws or regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard, specifications manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the Contact Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants, agents, or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work. Whenever used in the Contract Documents, the following abbreviations will have the meanings listed: AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capital Street, N.W., Suite 225 Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P. O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AISC American Iron and Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10017 AREMA American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association 8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 1125 Landover, MD 20785 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-2 Standard References Protection Measures ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators 17926 Halstead Homewood, IL 60430 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 180 North LaSalle Street Chicago, IL 60601 CSI Construction Specifications Institute DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Associations EPA Environmental Protection Agency FEDSPEC Federal Specifications General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information Distribution Branch Washington Navy Yard, Building 197 Washington, DC 20407 FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPEC) ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 South Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 MILSPEC Military Specifications Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19120 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NPC National Plumbing Code NSC National Safety Council OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act U.S. Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration San Francisco Regional Office 450 Golden Gate Avenue, Box 30617 PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-3 Standard References Protection Measures PS Products Standards Section - U.S. Depart. of Commerce SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Building News, Inc. 3055 Overhead Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90034 TCA Title Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code Published by ICBO UL Underwriter’s Laboratory 207 East Ohio Street Chicago, IL 60611 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code Published by ICBO UPC Uniform Plumbing Code Published by IAPMO PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01425-4 Standard References Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01450-1 Materials Testing Protection Measures SECTION 01450 MATERIALS TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide such equipment and facilities as are required for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment found to be acceptable. Any product which becomes unfit for use after approval thereof shall not be incorporated into the work. B. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the OWNER. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), and the American Association of Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). C. Where additional or specific information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of, or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.02 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The OWNER shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with the following testing: 1. Soils compaction tests. 2. Trench backfill. 3. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site. 4. Concrete tests. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following: 1. Concrete materials and mix designs. 2. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. 3. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the Specifications. LPATH Berm Erosion 01450-2 Materials Testing Protection Measures 4. All retesting for work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.02 above. 5. Water quality testing required by discharge permits. 1.04 TRANSMITTAL OF TEST REPORTS Written reports of tests and engineering data furnished by CONTRACTOR for ENGINEER’s review of materials and equipment proposed to be used in the work shall be submitted as specified for Shop Drawings. The testing laboratory retained by the OWNER will furnish three (3) copies of a written report of each test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report will be transmitted to the ENGINEER and one (1) copy to the CONTRACTOR within seven (7) days after each test is completed. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01555-1 Traffic Regulation Protection Measures SECTION 01555 TRAFFIC REGULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. Fort Collins Handbook takes precedence over Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. B. Operations on or about traffic areas and provisions for regulating traffic will be subject to the regulation of governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the affected areas. C. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. D. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. E. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. 1.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. The Traffic Control Plan is to be used as a guideline for the CONTRACTOR. Adjustments to the approved plan may be required by the OWNER based on actual traffic operation. B. Traffic control shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. 1.03 FLAGMEN A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional authorities. B. Shall be properly equipped and certified by ATSSA. 1.04 WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTS A. Provide barricades and warning signs for: 1. Open trenches and other excavations. 2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment (moving or parked), piled embankment. B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise. LPATH Berm Erosion 01555-2 Traffic Regulation Protection Measures C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs. D. Barricades and warning signs must be acceptable to the ENGINEER. 1.05 PARKING A. The CONTRACTOR shall designate parking areas with the approval of the OWNER for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the project so as avoid interference with public traffic, OWNER's operations, or construction activities. 1.06 ROADWAY USAGE BETWEEN OPERATIONS A. At all times when work is not actually in progress, CONTRACTOR shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between CONTRACTOR and OWNER and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. 1.07 WORK AREA SAFETY A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a safe work area and protect area residents, motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians, and children from work area hazards. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all work area safety control devices, such as barricades and safety fence around all excavations and drop-offs. C. Work area safety control devices will not be paid for separately. Cost for this equipment should be included in the unit costs for the work items which will require work area safety control devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-1 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options SECTION 01635 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: 1. This section describes the procedure required by the CONTRACTOR for product substitutions. 2. Requests for Substitution: a. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. b. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers, and/or manufacturer’s names. Where this occurs, it is not intended to exclude from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer’s names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated. c. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to the OWNER and ENGINEER. d. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by ENGINEER and the OWNER. 3. Submission of Requests for Substitution: a. After Notice to Proceed, the OWNER/ENGINEER will consider written requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other items. b. The ENGINEER reserves the right to require substitute items to comply color and pattern-wise with base specified items, if necessary to secure “design intent”. c. Submit six (6) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitute with Contract Documents. 2) For products: i. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name. ii. Manufacturer’s literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-2 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options considered: Product description; performance and test data; reference standards; difference in power demand; dimensional differences for specified unit. iii. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and field performance data. 3) For construction methods: i. Detailed description of proposed method. ii. Drawings illustrating methods. 4) Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5) Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6) Relation to separate contracts. 7) Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. d. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, Supplier/Manufacturer represents: 1) He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2) He will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product or method specified. 3) He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all aspects. 4) He waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently become apparent. 4. Substitutions: a. Request sufficiently in advance to avoid delay in construction. LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-3 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options 5. CONTRACTOR’s Option: a. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards by any manufacturer, indicate selected type in submission. b. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product and manufacturer named, indicate selected type in submission. c. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating option of selecting equivalent products by stating “or equivalent” after specified product, CONTRACTOR must submit request, as required for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 6. Rejection of Substitution or Optional Item: a. Substitutions and/or options will not be considered if: 1) They are indicated or implied on shop drawings, or project data submittals, without formal request submitted in accordance with this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01635-4 Substitutions and Protection Measures Product Options THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01650-1 Material Delivery, Protection Measures Storage, and Handling SECTION 01650 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Equipment, products and materials shall be shipped, handled, stored, and installed in ways which will prevent damage to the items. Damaged items will not be permitted as part of the work except in cases of minor damage that have been satisfactorily repaired and are acceptable to the ENGINEER. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01650-2 Material Delivery, Protection Measures Storage, and Handling THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-1 Site Conditions Protection Measures SECTION 01710 SITE CONDITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General: 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and disposal of materials; availability of water, electricity and roads; uncertainties of weather, river stages, water flow rates and levels in irrigation ditches and canals or similar physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract. 2. The CONTRACTOR further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the OWNER or included in these Documents. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. 3. The CONTRACTOR warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the OWNER. The OWNER assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in the Contract, and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the OWNER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS A. Any information obtained by the ENGINEER regarding site conditions, subsurface information, groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for inspection, as applicable, at the office of the ENGINEER upon request. Such information is offered as supplementary information only. Neither the ENGINEER nor the OWNER assumes any responsibility for the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information. 1. Differing Subsurface Conditions: a. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from those indicated in these Documents, and LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-2 Site Conditions Protection Measures differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the ENGINEER in writing of such changed conditions. b. The ENGINEER will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the ENGINEER. If the ENGINEER finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the ENGINEER will recommend to the OWNER the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The OWNER will make the final decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for completion. 2. Underground Utilities: a. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from existing utility plans, however, it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the OWNER or the ENGINEER for their accuracy or completeness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Where the CONTRACTOR's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph, telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been made by the CONTRACTOR. B. Notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing underground utilities. C. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all utility poles from damage. If interfering power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors are encountered, notify the ENGINEER and the appropriate utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely and directly responsible to the owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract. LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-3 Site Conditions Protection Measures E. Neither the OWNER nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the CONTRACTOR for damages as a result of the CONTRACTOR's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work. F. If the CONTRACTOR while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the OWNER, utility, and the ENGINEER in writing. G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. H. The CONTRACTOR shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents or ordered by the ENGINEER. 3.02 INTERFERING STRUCTURES A. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties. 3.03 FIELD RELOCATION A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the ENGINEER. If existing structures are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the Drawings, notify the ENGINEER before continuing with the construction in order that the ENGINEER may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to so notify the ENGINEER when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own risk. 3.04 EASEMENTS A. Where portions of the work are located on public or private property, easements and permits will be obtained by the OWNER. Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to the OWNER. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The CONTRACTOR shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the OWNER, shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as specified herein. The CONTRACTOR shall remove, protect, and replace all fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be authorized by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR will be required to furnish the OWNER with written releases from property owners or public agencies where LPATH Berm Erosion 01710-4 Site Conditions Protection Measures side agreements or special easements have been made by the CONTRACTOR or where the CONTRACTOR's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the OWNER. B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permits will be obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the CONTRACTOR shall schedule and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permit has been secured. 3.05 LAND MONUMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of any existing Federal, State, City, County, and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a licensed surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed construction in order that the ENGINEER will have ample opportunity to notify the proper authority and reference these monuments for later replacement. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01715-1 Tree, Landscape, Vegetation, Protection Measures and Wetland Protection SECTION 01715 TREE, LANDSCAPE, VEGETATION, AND WETLAND PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work for this section consists of protecting existing trees, landscape, wetlands and adjacent vegetation. The CONTRACTOR must take special care to avoid damaging existing trees and vegetation in areas that do not need to be disturbed to complete construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a plan for on-site haul of materials prior to construction. The plans shall include points of access to and from the site and shall show a workable system of on-site haul routes that protect existing landscaped and wetland areas. This plan shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for his review and comment prior to the commencement of any work. The plan will be discussed with the CONTRACTOR to insure protection of existing vegetation, but the ENGINEER shall not dictate haul routes or construction methods to the CONTRACTOR. Note that the Natural Resources Department may dictate haul routes within the city designated Natural area. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Protected areas will be marked in the field, one time, by the OWNER and ENGINEER. No access of construction vehicles or workers on foot is permitted through protected areas. No material shall be stockpiled; no equipment shall be parked or repaired within these areas. B. Trees and vegetation to be saved that do not fall within the limits of protected areas shall be marked one time in the field by the OWNER and ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall erect fencing if there is risk of damage caused by construction operations. Vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be limited to performing work in areas marked. Through traffic, and stock piling of equipment and materials are not permitted within marked areas. C. No construction roads are to be created within the drop lines of any trees or other vegetation designated to be saved without approval of the ENGINEER. D. All trees which will be preserved, but are within the limits of construction, must be protected from all damage associated with construction. A sturdy, physical barrier (florescent orange in color) must be fixed in place around each tree for the duration of construction. This barrier will be placed no closer than 6 feet from the trunk, or the drip line, whichever is greater. The barrier itself must be fixed so it cannot be moved easily, but the material can be flexible, such as orange snow fence attached to T-posts driven into the ground, and must act as an effective deterrent to deliberate or accidental damage of each tree. Actual materials and location of barrier must be approved by the OWNER’s LPATH Berm Erosion 01715-2 Tree, Landscape, Vegetation, Protection Measures and Wetland Protection representatives (i.e. Utilities and City Forester) and ENGINEER.The cost of these tree protection measures are to be borne solely by the CONTRACTOR. E. The movement or storage of equipment, material, debris, or fill within these required protective barriers is completely prohibited. F. Any trees damaged during construction shall be immediately repaired by an approved tree surgeon. Any tree judged by the ENGINEER to be damaged beyond repair shall be removed at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. For each tree erroneously removed or damaged beyond repair, an assessment shall be immediately withheld from the CONTRACTOR’s progress payments. This assessment shall be equal to the value of the tree prior to damage. This assessment shall be determined by a tree appraiser, selected by the OWNER and paid for by the CONTRACTOR. The cost for hiring the appraiser shall also be withheld from the CONTRACTOR’s progress payments. In addition to the paying of the assessment, the CONTRACTOR shall replace each damaged tree per OWNER’S standards for tree mitigation. G. The CONTRACTOR shall pay an assessment if he disturbs any grasses, shrubs and/or cattails located within the protected areas. The assessment shall not exceed one dollar ($1.00) per square foot of disturbance, and will be immediately withheld from the CONTRACTOR’s progress payments. In addition to the paying of the assessment, the damaged vegetation shall be replaced with an equal value per square foot of damage. Replacements shall be planted in accordance with the provisions outlined in these Specifications. Damaged wetland areas shall be replaced and then seeded with a wetland seed mix in accordance with these Specifications or as directed by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01720-1 Field Engineering Protection Measures and Surveying SECTION 01720 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surveying: 1. The OWNER will provide construction surveying for the project. City Survey Crews will perform the surveying required. 2. The CONTRACTOR must submit a survey request form to the City Surveyors a minimum of 48 hours prior to needing surveying. 3. If the requested surveying cannot be accomplished in the time frame requested by the CONTRACTOR, the survey personnel shall notify the CONTRACTOR with the date on which the requested work will be completed. 4. Should a sudden change in the CONTRACTOR’s operations or schedule require the survey personnel to work overtime, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the additional overtime expense. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all survey monuments and construction stakes. If it is unavoidable to remove a survey monument or construction stakes, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for notifying the Surveyor and allowing enough time for the monuments or stakes to be relocated. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for the cost of restaking construction stakes and for the cost of reestablishing a destroyed monument. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for transferring the information from the construction staked to any necessary forms and for constructing all pipelines, drainage ways, pavements, inlets, walls, and other structures in accordance with the information on the stakes and grade sheets supplied by the OWNER. B. Supervision: The CONTRACTOR shall have supervision, knowledge of the project requirements and proper installation, and construction procedures, available in the field at all times that work is progressing. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01720-2 Field Engineering Protection Measures and Surveying THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-1 Environmental Controls Protection Measures SECTION 01745 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section consists of obtaining permits and providing environmental controls consistent with regulatory permits through the duration of the work required under this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Dust Control: Dust control agents may be necessary in addition to wetting down with water. Dust control agents may be used only after prior approval by the OWNER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Dust Control Application: A. The CONTRACTOR shall execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and apply dust control at all times, including evenings, holidays and weekends, as required to abate dust nuisance on and about the site that is a direct result of construction activities. The use of non-approved chemicals, oil, or similar palliatives will not be allowed. Dust control agents may be used only after prior approval of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to provide sufficient quantities of equipment and personnel for dust control sufficient to prevent dust nuisance on and about the site. C. The OWNER will have authority to order dust control work whenever in its opinion it is required, and there shall be no additional cost to the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be expected to maintain dust control measures effectively whether the OWNER or ENGINEER specifically orders such Work. 3.02 PRESERVATION OF NATURAL FEATURES A. Confine operations as much as possible. Exercise special care to maintain natural surroundings in an undamaged condition. Within the work limits, barricade trees, rock outcroppings, and natural features to be preserved. 3.03 HOUSEKEEPING A. Keep project neat, orderly, and in a safe condition at all times. Store and use equipment, tools, and materials in a manner that does not present a hazard. LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-2 Environmental Controls Protection Measures Immediately remove all rubbish. Do not allow rubbish to accumulate. Provide on- site containers for collection of rubbish and dispose of it at frequent intervals during progress of work. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Disposal of Waste (Unsuitable) Materials: All material determined by the ENGINEER to be waste will be disposed of in approved landfill in a manner meeting all regulations. Dispose of waste materials, legally, at public or private dumping areas. Do not bury wastes inside of the limits of construction. All costs for dump fees, permits, etc., to be borne by the CONTRACTOR. B. Disposal of Garbage and Other Construction Materials: Provide sanitary containers/dumpsters and haul away contents such that no overflow exists. C. Excess excavation shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be legally disposed of by him outside the limits of construction to an approved disposal site. Excess excavated material suitable for backfill shall not be disposed of until all backfill operations are complete. D. The CONTRACTOR is to immediately inform ENGINEER of any hazardous materials encountered during construction. Dispose of waste materials legally at private or public facilities. 3.05 BURNING A. No burning of debris will be permitted. 3.06 WATER CONTROL A. The project work is located within a natural drainage course is subject to periodic flooding due to rainfall and snowmelt, flows for adjacent developed areas and storm water pipes and ground water flows from saturated soils or other ground water sources. Refer to Section 02240 for Water Control and Dewatering requirements. 3.07 NOISE CONTROL A. All mechanical equipment shall be equipped with the best available mufflers to reduce noise. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits and shall limit noise to the permitted levels. Noise level monitoring shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary to show that the permitted levels are not being exceeded. 3.08 PERMITS A. All work must be performed in accordance with all applicable regulatory permits. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to obtain a Groundwater Discharge (402) Permit from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment for any dewatering operations that will be discharged into any LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-3 Environmental Controls Protection Measures drainageways, open channels, or irrigation ditches. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any testing required under the 402 Permit. It shall also be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to apply for and obtain a State of Colorado Stormwater Discharge Permit. All costs for this permit shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. B. The OWNER will obtain the following permits: • (None) C. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to prepare and obtain an approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan from the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR must obtain all other applicable permits. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 01745-4 Environmental Controls Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 01780-1 Contract Closeout Protection Measures SECTION 01780 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The following project closeout procedure defines the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR, OWNER, and ENGINEER in closing the project: Step 1: CONTRACTOR advises the ENGINEER in writing that he has reached "Substantial Completion" and provides a list of items to be completed or corrected. Closeout may be conducted by areas or portions of the work if requested by the OWNER. Step 2: ENGINEER inspects the work to determine if it is substantially complete, and issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion plus a "Punch List" of items to be completed or corrected. Substantial Completion - Definition 1. Reference General Conditions, Substantial Completion Step 3: CONTRACTOR completes and/or corrects all punch list items and notifies the ENGINEER in writing that his work is ready for final inspection. At this time, a final application for payment is submitted. Step 4: ENGINEER makes final inspection. When the work is found to be acceptable under the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, the ENGINEER will issue a final Certificate for Payment. B. Final Paperwork: Prior to Final Payment and Acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver the following items to the ENGINEER: 1. CONTRACTOR's Two-Year Correction Period. 2. All Guarantees, Warranties and Submittals, as specified. 3. Receipts for Extra Materials Delivered to the OWNER. 4. Final Application for Payment. 5. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 6. CONTRACTOR's Affidavit of Release of Liens. 7. Releases from Property Owners for Special Easements. 8. Project Record Documents. LPATH Berm Erosion 01780-2 Contract Closeout Protection Measures 9. Red-lined as-built drawings (a.k.a. “Drawings of Record” or “Record Drawings”). C. Definition for Substantial Completion 1. All of the following work must be completed: a. North and South spills completed including concrete sills, concrete block revetment mats, and backfilling. b. All cut/fill work along the top of the berm at both spill locations completed. c. All final grading completed at the borrow sites. d. All buried riprap in place, and all ground preparation completed. D. Definition for Final Completion 1. All Work must be complete for Final Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK SECTION 02230 CLEARING AND GRUBBING SECTION 02235 NATIVE SOIL SECTION 02236 TOPSOIL SECTION 02240 WATER CONTROL AND DEWATERING SECTION 02315 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SECTION 02371 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SECTION 02375 RIPRAP SECTION 02376 CONCRETE RUBBLE SECTION 02700 CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS FOR OVERTOPPING APPLICATIONS SECTION 02921 GROUND PREPARATION FOR SEEDING LPATH Berm Erosion 02230-1 Clearing and Grubbing Protection Measures SECTION 02230 CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work consists of clearing, grubbing, removing, and disposing of vegetation and debris within the limits of the project site as shown on the Drawings and as required by the Work. Vegetation and objects designated to remain shall be preserved free from injury or defacement. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02315 - Excavation and Embankment PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The OWNER will designate all trees, shrubs, plants, and other objects to remain. Any object that is designated to remain and is damaged shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the OWNER, at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Clearing and grubbing shall extend to the toe of fill or the top of cut slopes, unless otherwise designated. All surface objects, trees, stumps, roots, and other protruding obstructions not designated to remain shall be cleared and grubbed, including mowing, as required. Undisturbed stumps, roots, and nonperishable solid objects located two feet or more below subgrade or embankment slope may remain in place. In areas to be rounded at the tops of backslopes, stumps shall be removed to at least two feet below the surface of the final slope line. Except in areas to be excavated, all holes resulting from the removal of obstructions shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted in accordance with Section 02315. No material or debris shall be disposed of within the project limits. All cleared timber shall be removed from the project and shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR. All trimming shall be done in accordance with good tree surgery practices. The maximum tree diameter included for removal in this section shall be 12 inches. The CONTRACTOR shall scalp the areas within the excavation or embankment grading limits. Scalping shall include the removal from the ground surface of sawdust, and other vegetation matter. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02230-2 Clearing and Grubbing Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02235-1 Native Soil Protection Measures SECTION 02235 NATIVE SOIL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work consists of stripping, salvaging and stockpiling native soil, and excavating suitable native soil from stockpiles, contractor sources, available sources, or from the approved natural ground cover to place on designated areas. It shall include the placing of native soil upon constructed cut and fill slopes after grading operations are completed. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Native soil shall consist of loose friable loam free of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to its use on the project. Native soil shall consist of natural on- site ground cover or hauled material from off-site sources. Wetland native soil material shall consist of moist organic soil, including any existing wetland vegetation and seeds, to be excavated from areas as directed by the ENGINEER or OWNER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Native soil within the limits of the project shall be salvaged prior to beginning hauling, excavating, or fill operations by excavating and stockpiling the material at designated locations in a manner that will minimize sediment damage, and not obstruct natural drainage. Native soil shall be placed directly upon completed cut and fill slopes whenever conditions and the progress of construction will permit. B. No soil stockpile shall exceed ten (10) feet in height. All soil stockpiles shall be protected from sediment transport by surface roughening, watering, and perimeter silt fencing. Any soil stockpile remaining after 30 days shall be seeded and mulched. C. Native soil shall be placed at locations and to the thickness provided in the Contract Documents and shall be keyed to the underlying material by the use of harrows, rollers, or other suitable equipment. LPATH Berm Erosion 02235-2 Native Soil Protection Measures D. Water shall be applied to the native soil as designated in the Contract Documents, in a fine spray by nozzles or spray bars so the native soil areas will not be washed or eroded. E. Salvaged native soil exceeding the quantity required under the Contract shall be disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. F. Wetland native soil material shall be excavated from designated areas to a minimum depth of 18 inches, or as otherwise designated. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the relocation site to elevations specified and approved by the ENGINEER prior to excavating the wetlands. If the ENGINEER determines that this is not possible, then the CONTRACTOR shall stockpile the material in an approved area, to remain undisturbed until the relocation site has been prepared. Storage time within the stockpile shall be as short as possible. If deemed necessary by the ENGINEER, the stockpile will be protected in such a manner to preserve the wetland seed bank. Wetland native soil material shall be placed over the prepared relocation areas to a depth of 18 inches, or as otherwise designated. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02236-1 Topsoil Protection Measures SECTION 02236 TOPSOIL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work consists of delivering topsoil to the site. It shall include the placing of topsoil in approved stockpiles. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall consist of loose friable loam free of subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to its use on the project. Topsoil shall consist of hauled material from off-site sources. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Topsoil shall be delivered to the site and place in approved stockpile locations. B. No soil stockpile shall exceed ten (10) feet in height. All soil stockpiles shall be protected from sediment transport by surface roughening, watering, and perimeter silt fencing. Any soil stockpile remaining after 30 days shall be seeded and mulched. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02236-2 Topsoil Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-1 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures SECTION 02240 WATER CONTROL AND DEWATERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section consists of controlling groundwater, site drainage, and storm flows during construction. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the work involves construction in and around drainage channels, local streams or rivers, and areas of local drainage. These areas are subject to frequent periodic inundation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankments PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. On-site materials may be used within the limits of construction to construct temporary dams and berms. The materials such as plastic sheeting, sand bags, and storm sewer pipe may also be used if desired by the CONTRACTOR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. General: For all excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable equipment and labor to remove water, and he shall keep the excavation dewatered so that construction can be carried on under dewatered conditions where required by the Drawings and Specifications. Water control shall be accomplished such that no damage is done to adjacent channel banks or structures. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for investigating and familiarizing himself with all site conditions that may affect the work including surface water, level of groundwater and the time of year the work is to be done. All excavations made as part of dewatering operations shall be backfilled with the same type material as was removed and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) except where replacement by other materials and/or methods are required. The cost for this excavation and backfilling shall be included in the Construction Dewatering bid item. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct his operation in such a manner that storm or other waters may proceed uninterrupted along their existing drainage courses. By submitting a bid, the CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he has investigated the risk arising from such waters and has prepared his bid accordingly, and assumes all of said risk. At no time during construction shall the CONTRACTOR affect existing surface or subsurface drainage patterns of adjacent property. Any damage to adjacent property resulting from the CONTRACTOR’s alteration of surface or subsurface drainage patterns shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary water control facilities when they are no longer needed or at the completion of the project. LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-2 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures Pumps and generators used for dewatering and water control shall be quiet equipment enclosed in sound deadening devices. B. Surface Water Control: Surface water control generally falls in to the following categories: 1. Normal low flows along the channel; 2. Storm/flood flows along the channel; 3. Flows from existing storm drain pipelines; and, 4. Local surface inflows not conveyed by pipelines. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate, evaluate, design, construct, and maintain temporary water conveyance systems. These systems shall not worsen flooding, alter major flow paths, or worsen flow characteristics during construction. The CONTRACTOR is responsible to ensure that any such worsening of flooding does not occur. The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for determining the methods and adequacy of water control measures. At a minimum, the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for diverting the quantity of surface flow around the construction area so that the excavations will remain free of surface water for the time it takes to install these materials, and the time required for curing of any concrete or grout. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the minimum quantity of water to be diverted is for erosion control and construction purposes and not for general protection of the construction-site. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the quantity of water which shall be diverted to protect his work from damage caused by storm water. The CONTRACTOR shall, at all times, maintain a flow path for all channels. Temporary structures such as berms, sandbags, pipeline diversions, etc., may be permitted for the control of channel flow, as long as such measures are not a major obstruction to flood flows, do not worsen flooding, or alter historic flow routes. C. Groundwater Control: The CONTRACTOR shall install adequate measures to maintain the level of groundwater below the foundation subgrade elevation and maintain sufficient bearing capacity for all structures, pipelines, earthwork, and rock work. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, installation of perimeter subdrains, pumping from drilled holes or by pumping from sumps excavated below the subgrade elevation. The foundation bearing surfaces are to be kept dewatered and stable until the structures or other types of work are complete and backfilled. Disturbance of foundation subgrade by CONTRACTOR operations shall not be considered as originally unsuitable foundation subgrade and shall be repaired at CONTRACTOR’s expense. Any temporary dewatering trenches or well points shall be restored following dewatering operations to reduce permeability in those areas as approved by the ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR is to restore any areas disturbed by the dewatering operations to their original condition. LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-3 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures D. Contaminated Groundwater Control: CONTRACTOR shall not discharge contaminated water exceeding local, State and/or Federal limits to above ground channels or watercourses. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02240-4 Water Control and Dewatering Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-1 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures SECTION 02315 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work shall consist of excavation, embankment fill, disposal of excess material, shaping, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of work, including excavation and backfill for structures. The excavation shall include, but is not limited to, the native soils which must be excavated for the project work. All work shall be completed in accordance with these Specifications and the lines and grades on the Drawings. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Unclassified Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials on site to final grades, excluding the bid items included in Section 02220. Excavation of unsuitable material will only be paid for if it is found to be unsuitable in its original state. B. Muck Excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of mixtures of soils and organic matter not suitable for foundation material and replacement with approved material. Material damaged due to rain or weather will not be paid for as Muck excavation and is entirely the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Rock Excavation shall consist of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rock which cannot be excavated without the use of rippers, and all boulders or other detached stones each having a volume of 1/2 cubic yard or more, as determined by physical or visual measurement. It shall also include replacement with approved material as required. D. Embankment (Complete in Place): shall consist of placing all excavated material, except material being hauled and disposed, as embankment and compacted to final grades as specified in the Contract Documents and on the Drawings. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. This work shall consist of excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all material encountered within the limits of the work, and not being completed under some other item, necessary for the construction of the project in accordance with the Specifications and the lines, grades, and typical cross-sections shown on the Drawings. All excavation will be classified, “unclassified excavation”, or “muck excavation” or “rock excavation”, as hereafter described. All embankment will be classified “embankment material” as hereafter described. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230 – Clearing and Grubbing B. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-2 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Final topography and/or cross-sections will be surveyed of areas that are to finished grade and compared to the design section for accuracy. Final grade shall match design grades within the tolerances discussed in PART 3 EXECUTION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Embankment material may consist of approved material acquired from excavations or material hauled from outside the project limits. Suitable material identified on-site shall be used first for embankments and backfill. Excess excavated native soils which are not used as embankment or backfill shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be disposed of off-site by the CONTRACTOR, in a location acceptable to the ENGINEER. B. Muck excavation encountered in all areas shall also include the replacement of excavated muck with uniformly graded rock, riprap, on-site or imported soils, or other material whichever is most suitable for the specific situation encountered. The ENGINEER will determine which type of aggregate or other material which shall be used after observing the specific site conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL EXCAVATION/EMBANKMENT A. General: The excavation and embankment for the project work shall be finished to reasonably smooth and uniform surfaces. Variation from the subgrade plane shall not be more than .08 feet in soil or more than .08 feet above or .50 below in rock. Where bituminous or concrete surfacing materials are to be placed directly on the subgrade, the subgrade plane shall not vary more than 0.04 feet. Materials shall not be wasted without permission of the ENGINEER. Excavation operations shall be conducted so that material outside of the limits of slopes will not be disturbed. Prior to beginning grading operations in any area, all necessary clearing and grubbing in that area shall have been performed in accordance with Section 02230 of these Specifications. When the CONTRACTOR’s excavating operations encounter remains of pre-historic people’s dwelling sites or artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations, shall be temporarily discontinued. The ENGINEER will contact archaeological authorities to determine the disposition thereof. When directed, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and shall remove them for delivery to the custody of the proper state authorities. Such excavation will be considered and paid for as extra work. B. Excavation: 1. Unclassified: All excess suitable material excavated from the project site and not used for embankment shall be removed from the project site and become the property of the CONTRACTOR. Where material encountered LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-3 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures within the limit of the work is considered unsuitable for embankment (fills) on any portion of this project work, such material shall be excavated as directed by the ENGINEER and replaced with suitable fill material. All unsuitable excavated material from excavation consisting of any type of debris (surface or buried), excavated rock, bedrock or rocks larger than 6 inches in diameter and boulders shall be hauled from the project site and disposed of. Debris is defined as “anything that is not earth which exists at the job site”. 2 . Muck: Where excavation to the finished grade section results in a subgrade or slopes of unsuitable soil, the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished graded section with approved material. Disposal of the material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Good surface drainage shall be provided around all permanent cuts to direct surface runoff away from the cut face. 3. Rock: Unless otherwise specified, rock shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0.5 feet below subgrade within the limits of the channel area, and the excavation shall be backfilled with material shown on the Drawings or as designated by the ENGINEER. Disposal of material and replacement with suitable approved material shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. C. Embankment Construction: Embankment construction shall consist of constructing all fill areas, including preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed, and the placing and compacting of embankment material in holes, pits and other depressions within the project area. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills. Approved materials shall consist of clean on-site cohesive soils or approved imported soils. On-site cohesive soils are suitable for use as compacted fill provided the following recommendations are met: Percent Finer by Weight Gradation (ASTM C136) ½-Inch 100 3/8-Inch 70 – 100 No. 4 Sieve 50 – 100 No. 200 Sieve 60 (min) • Liquid Limit 35 (max) • Plasticity Index 20 (max) • In-Situ Coefficient of Permeability 1x10-6 cm/sec Excavation and Embankment will only be paid when a significant change in grade is required, as determined by the ENGINEER. Minor cuts and fills will be considered incidental to the work, and will not be paid for separately under this section. LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-4 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures On-site cohesive soils or imported soils should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout the lift and embankment height. On-site or imported cohesive soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2% below, to 2% above optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698). When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built 1/2 width at a time, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 when measured longitudinally or at right angles to the adjacent ground shall be continuously benched over those areas where it is required as the work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed and where practical a minimum of 8 feet. Each horizontal cut shall begin at the intersection of the original ground and the vertical sides of the previous cuts. Material thus cut out shall be recompacted along with the new embankment material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. The ground surface underlying all fills shall be carefully prepared by removing all organic matter, scarification to a depth of 8 inches and recompacting to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2% prior to fill placement. Embankment material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted to 95% of the Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) at optimum moisture content + or - 2%. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. For embankments which serve as berms, the downstream portion shall be “keyed” into the subsurface soils a minimum of 3 feet to enhance the stability of the slope. Materials which are removed from excavations beneath the water table may be over the optimum moisture content and will require that they be dried out prior to reusing them. Cross hauling or other action as appropriate will be ordered when necessary to insure that the best available material is placed in critical areas of embankments, including the top 2 feet of all embankments. No additional payment will be made for cross hauling ordered by the ENGINEER. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments. During the construction of channels, the channel bottom shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. Excavation or Embankment (Fill), and Structural Backfill work either completed or in a stage of completion that is either eroded or washed away or becomes unstable due to either rains, snow, snow melt, channel flows or lack of proper water control shall be either removed and replaced, recompacted or reshaped as directed by the LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-5 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures ENGINEER and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at the CONTRACTOR’s sole expense. Removed unsuitable materials shall be hauled away and disposed of at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Placing of replacement materials for removed unsuitable materials shall be purchased, placed and compacted at the CONTRACTOR’ expense. D. Proof rolling with a heavy rubber tired roller will be required, if designated on the Drawings or when ordered by the ENGINEER. Proof rolling shall be done after specified compaction has been obtained. Areas found to be weak and those areas which failed shall be ripped, scarified, wetted if necessary, and recompacted to the requirements for density and moisture at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. Proof rolling shall be done with equipment and in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Proof rolling as shown on the Drawings or as ordered by the ENGINEER shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for the work. 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES A. Poor foundation material for any of the work shall be removed, by the CONTRACTOR, as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR will be compensated for removal and replacement of such materials in accordance with Muck Excavation. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that construction equipment may cause the natural soils to pump or deform while performing excavation work inside and on footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure foundation areas. Foundation materials which are: a) saturated by either surface or subsurface flows due to the lack of adequate water control or dewatering work by the CONTRACTOR; b) frozen for any reason; or, c) that are disturbed by the CONTRACTOR’s work or caused to become unacceptable for foundation material purposes by means of the CONTRACTOR’s equipment, manpower, or methods of work shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Dewatering should not be conducted by pumping from inside footing, structural floor slab, or other structure foundation limits. This may decrease the supporting capacity of the soils. Care should be taken when excavating the foundations to avoid disturbing the supporting materials. Excavation by either hand or careful backhoe soil removal, may be required in excavating the last few inches of material to obtain the subgrade of any item of the concrete work. Any over-excavated subgrades that are due to the CONTRACTOR’s actions, shall be brought back to subgrade elevations by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense in the following manner: LPATH Berm Erosion 02315-6 Excavation and Embankment Protection Measures 1. For over-excavations of 2 inches or less, either: Backfill and compact with an approved granular materials; backfill with 1/2 inch crushed rock; or fill within concrete at the time of the appurtenant structure concrete pour. 2. For over-excavations greater than 2 inches, backfill and compact with an approved granular material. All granular footings, structural floor slabs, or other structure areas shall be compacted with a vibratory plate compactor prior to placement of concrete, reinforcing, or bedding materials. B. Backfill, and fill within 2 feet of and adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non-swelling material. It shall be granular, well graded, and free from stones larger than 3 inches. Material may be job excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined by the ENGINEER. Refer to the Drawings for job specific requirements. Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavation shall be used for backfilling unless an impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill material shall consist of either clean on-site granular materials free of stones larger than 3 inches in diameter with no more than 20% passing the No. 200 sieve, or equivalent imported materials. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in 8-inch loose lifts within a range of 2% above to 2% below the optimum moisture content and compacted to 95% of Maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) for cohesive soils, or to 70% relative density for pervious material as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM D4253. When specified on the Drawings or as required by the ENGINEER, Class I structural backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: % by Weight Passing Sieve Size Square Mesh Sieves 2-Inch 100 No. 4 30 - 100 No. 50 10 – 60 No. 200 5 – 20 In addition, this material shall have a liquid limit not exceeding 35 and a plasticity index of not over 6. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-1 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This work shall consist of temporary measures needed to control erosion and water pollution. These temporary measures shall include, but not be limited to, berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, netting, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains and other erosion control devices or methods. These temporary measures shall be installed at the locations where needed to control erosion and water pollution during the construction of the project, and as directed by the ENGINEER, and as shown on the Drawings. B. The erosion control measures presented in the Drawings serves as a minimum for the requirements of erosion control during construction. The CONTRACTOR has the ultimate responsibility for providing adequate erosion control and water quality throughout the duration of the project. Therefore, if the provided plan is not working sufficiently to protect the project areas, then the CONTRACTOR shall provide additional measures as required to obtain the required protection. The CONTRACTOR shall include in his bid price for erosion control a minimum of all items shown on the Erosion Control Plan and any additional items that may be needed to control erosion and water pollution. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Construction schedule for Erosion Control per subsection 3.01 B. Sequencing Plan per subsection 3.12 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials may include hay bales, straw, fiber mats, fiber netting, wood cellulose, fiber fabric, gravel and other suitable materials, and shall be reasonably clean, free of deleterious materials, and certified weed free. All materials shall be submitted for approval prior to installation. B. Temporary grass cover (if required) shall be a quick growing species suitable to the area, which will provide temporary cover and will not later compete with the grasses sown for permanent cover. All grass seed shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. C. Fertilizer and soil conditioners shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-2 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. When so indicated in the Contract Documents, or when directed by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare construction schedules for accomplishing temporary erosion control work. These schedules shall be applicable to clearing and grubbing, grading, structural work, construction, etc. He shall also submit for acceptance his proposed method of erosion control on haul roads and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste material. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operations have been accepted. B. The CONTRACTOR will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule. Temporary erosion control measures will then be used to correct conditions that develop during construction. C. The erosion control features installed by the CONTRACTOR shall be adequately maintained by him until the project is accepted. D. In the event of conflict between these requirements and erosion and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal, State or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or regulations shall apply. 3.02 PERMITS AND COMPLIANCE A. The CONTRACTOR must apply for and obtain a Construction Dewatering Permit 402 from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. All costs for this permit shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. This permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. The CONTRACTOR is legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the permit including testing for effluent limitations. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment or other representatives to enter the site to test for compliance with the permit. Non compliance with the permit can result in stoppage of all work. The CONTRACTOR must apply for and obtain a State of Colorado Stormwater Discharge Permit. All costs for this permit shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. This permit requires that specific actions be performed at designated times. The CONTRACTOR is legally obligated to comply with all terms and conditions of the permit. Non compliance with the permit can result in stoppage of all work. In addition to permit requirements, the OWNER shall also monitor the CONTRACTOR’s erosion control and work methods. If the overall function and intent of erosion control is not being met, then the OWNER shall require the CONTRACTOR to provide additional measures as required to obtain the desired results. Costs for any additional erosion control measures shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, since he has the ultimate responsibility for providing adequate erosion control and water quality for the duration of the project. LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-3 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures 3.03 STABILIZATION OF DISTURBED AREAS A. Temporary sediment control measures shall be established within 5 days from time of exposure/disturbance. Permanent erosion protection measures shall be established within 5 days after final grading of areas. 3.04 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES A. Properties adjacent to the site of a land disturbance shall be protected from sediment deposition. In addition to the erosion control measures required on the Drawings, perimeter controls may be required if damage to adjacent properties is likely. Perimeter controls include, but are not limited to, a vegetated buffer strip around the lower perimeter of the land disturbance, sediment barriers such as straw bales and silt fences; sediment basins; or a combination of such measures. Vegetated buffer strips may be used only where runoff in sheet flow is expected and should be at least 20 feet in width. 3.05 TIMING AND STABILIZATION OF SEDMENT AND EROSION CONTROL MEASURES A. Sediment barriers, perimeter dikes, and other measures intended to either trap sediment or prevent runoff from flowing over disturbed areas must be constructed as a first step in grading and be made functional before land disturbance takes place. Earthen structures such as dams, dikes, and diversions must be stabilized within 5 days of installation. Stormwater outlets must also be stabilized prior to any upstream land disturbing activities. 3.06 STABILIZATION OF WATERWAYS AND OUTLETS A. All on-site stormwater conveyance channels used by the CONTRACTOR for temporary erosion control purposes shall be designed and constructed with adequate capacity and protection to prevent erosion during storm and runoff events. Stabilization adequate to prevent erosion shall also be provided at the outlets of all pipes and channels. 3.07 STORM SEWER INLET PROTECTION A. All storm sewer inlets which are made operable during construction or which drain stormwater runoff from a construction site shall be protected from sediment deposition by the use of filters. 3.08 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERCOURSES AND WETLANDS A. Construction vehicles should be kept out of watercourses to the extent possible. Where in-channel work is necessary, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during construction to minimize erosion. The channel (including bed and banks) must always be restabilized immediately after in-channel work is completed. B. Where a live (wet) watercourse must be crossed by construction vehicles during construction, a temporary crossing must be provided for this purpose. If the crossing involves a pipe or other type of conduit placed in the watercourse, the pipe shall be sized to allow unrestricted passage of all flows anticipated to be carried by the LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-4 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures watercourse. Likewise, installation of a span-type crossing across the watercourse shall be placed so no restriction of anticipated flows occur. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROUTES A. Wherever construction vehicles enter or leave a construction site, a stabilized construction entrance and Tracking Pad are required. Where sediment is transported onto a public road surface, the roads shall be cleaned thoroughly at the end of each day. Sediment shall be removed from roads by shoveling or sweeping and be transported to a sediment controlled disposal area. Street washing shall be allowed only after sediment is removed in this manner. 3.10 DISPOSITION OF TEMPORARY MEASURES A. All temporary erosion and sediment control measures shall be disposed of within 30 days after final site stabilization is achieved or after the temporary measures are no longer needed as determined by the OWNER. Trapped sediment and other disturbed soil areas resulting from the disposition of temporary measures shall be permanently stabilized to prevent further erosion. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. All temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control practices must be maintained and repaired as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. 3.12 SEQUENCING A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a sequencing plan for approval for erosion control in conformance with his overall Construction Plan for approval by the OWNER. Changes to the Erosion Control Sequencing Plan may be considered by the OWNER only if presented in writing by the CONTRACTOR. 3.13 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES A. At the time specified in the Contract Documents, and subject to compliance with specified materials and installation requirements, the CONTRACTOR will receive a Substantial Completion Certificate for temporary erosion control measures. 3.14 MAINTENANCE OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for maintaining temporary erosion control measures as specified in the Drawings and Contract Documents until such time as the disturbed drainage area has stabilized as determined by the ENGINEER and the OWNER. 3.15 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES A. After the ENGINEER and OWNER have determined that the drainage area has stabilized, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all remaining temporary erosion control LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-5 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures measures. Any damage to the site shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and at no cost to the OWNER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02370-6 Erosion and Sediment Control Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-1 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment SECTION 02371 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Geotextile to prevent soil loss resulting in excessive scour and to prevent hydraulic uplift pressures causing instability of energy absorbing armor permanent erosion control system. This specification does not apply to other types of geosynthetic soil erosion control materials such as turf reinforcement mats. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02700 – Concrete Block Revetment 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO Standards: 1. T88 - Particle Size Analysis of Soils 2. T90 - Determining the Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils 3. T99 - The Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 5.5lb (2.5 kg) Rammer and a 12in (305 mm) Drop. 4. M288-96 - Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. D 123 - Standard Terminology Relating to Textiles 2. D 276 - Test Method for Identification of Fibers in Textiles 3. D 3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics 4. D 4354 - Practice for Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing 5. D 4355 - Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles from Exposure to Ultraviolet Light and Water (Xenon-Arc Type Apparatus) 6. D 4439 - Terminology for Geotextiles 7. D 4491 - Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity 8. D 4533 - Test Method for Index Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 9. D 4595 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Geotextiles by the Wide- Width Strip Method LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-2 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 10. D 4632 - Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 11. D 4751 - Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile 12. D 4759 - Practice for Determining the Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics 13. D 4833 - Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products 14. D 4873 - Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geotextiles 15. D 5141 - Test Method to Determine Filtering Efficiency and Flow Rate for Silt Fence Applications Using Site Specific Soils C. Texas Department of Transportation, Manual of Testing Procedures: 1. TEX 616-J - Asphalt Retention and Potential Change of Area D. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) - Geosynthetic Design and Construction Guidelines, Publication No. FHWA HI-95-038, May 1995. E. American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA). F. Geosynthetic Accreditation Institute (GAl) - Laboratory Accreditation Program (LAP). G. National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP). 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Average Roll Value (MARV): Property value calculated as typical minus two standard deviations. Statistically, it yields a 97.7 percent degree of confidence that any sample taken during quality assurance testing will exceed value reported. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Certification: The contractor shall provide to the Engineer a certificate stating the name of the manufacturer, product name, style number, chemical composition of the filaments or yarns and other pertinent information to fully describe the geotextile. The Certification shall state that the furnished geotextile meets MARV requirements of the specification as evaluated under the Manufacturer's quality control program. The Certification shall be attested to by a person having legal authority to bind the Manufacturer. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-3 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Geosynthetic Accreditation Institute (GAI)- Laboratory Accreditation Program (LAP) 2. American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Geotextiles labeling, shipment, and storage shall follow ASTM D 4873. Product labels shall clearly show the manufacturer or supplier name, style name, and roll number. B. Each geotextile roll shall be wrapped with a material that will protect the geotextile from damage due to shipment, water, sunlight, and contaminants. C. During storage, geotextile rolls shall be elevated off the ground and adequately covered to protect them from the following: site construction damage, precipitation, extended ultraviolet radiation including sunlight, chemicals that are strong acids or strong bases, flames including welding sparks, excess temperatures, and any other environmental conditions that may damage the physical property values of the geotextile. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Mirafi Construction Products or approved equal 365 South Holland Drive Pendergrass, GA, USA 30567 1-888-795-0808 1-706-693-2226 1-706-693-2083, fax www.mirafi.com or approved equal 2.02 MATERIALS A. Geotextile: 1. The geotextile shall be manufactured with fibers consisting of long-chain synthetic polymers composed of at least 95 percent by weight of polyolefins or polyesters. They shall form a stable network such that the filaments or yarns retain their dimensional stability relative to each other, including selvages. 2. Woven slit film geotextiles (i.e., geotextiles made from yarns of a flat, tape- like character) shall not be allowed. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-4 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 3. The geotextile shall meet the requirements of Table 1. All numeric values in Table 1 except AOS represent MARV in the weakest principal direction. Values for AOS represent maximum average roll values. Table 1 - Permanent Erosion Control Geotextile Property Test Method Units Elongation < 50%1 Grab Tensile Strength ASTM D 4632 N (lbs) 1100 (247) Sewn Seam Strength2 ASTM D 4632 N (lbs) 990 (222) Tear Strength3 ASTM D 4533 N (lbs) 400 (90) Puncture Strength ASTM D 4833 N (lbs) 400 (90) Burst Strength ASTM D 3786 kPa (psi) 2700 (391) Permittivity ASTM D 4991 sec-1 0.7 Apparent Opening Size ASTM D 4751 mm (U.S. Sieve) 0.43 max (40) Ultraviolet Stability4 ASTM D 4355 % 50 1 A measured in accordance with ASTM D 4632 2 When sewn seams are required. 3 The required MARV Tear Strength for woven monofilament geotextiles is 250 N (56 lbs) 4 After 500 hrs 4. Approved geotextiles are as follows: Elongation < 50%: Mirafi Filterweave 400 2.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturing Quality Control: Testing shall be performed at a laboratory accredited by GAI-LAP and A2LA for tests required for the geotextile, at frequency meeting or exceeding ASTM D 4354. B. Geotextile properties, other than Sewn Seam Strength, Burst Strength, and Ultraviolet Stability shall be tested by NTPEP to verify conformance with this specification. C. Sewn Seam Strength shall be verified based on testing of either conformance samples obtained using Procedure A of ASTM D 4354, or based on manufacturer's certifications and testing of quality assurance samples obtained using Procedure B of ASTM D 4354. A lot size for conformance or quality assurance sampling shall be considered to be the shipment quantity of the given product or a truckload of the given product, whichever is smaller. D. Ultraviolet Stability shall be verified by an independent laboratory on the geotextile or a geotextile of similar construction and yarn type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. The installation site shall be prepared by clearing, grubbing, and excavation or filling the area to the design grade. This includes removal of topsoil and vegetation. LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-5 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The geotextile shall be placed in intimate contact with the soils without wrinkles or folds and anchored on a smooth graded surface approved by the Engineer. The geotextile shall be placed in such a manner that placement of the overlying materials will not excessively stretch so as to tear the geotextile. Anchoring of the terminal ends of the geotextile shall be accomplished through the use of key trenches or aprons at the crest and toe of the slope. B. The geotextile shall be placed with the machine direction parallel to the direction of water flow which is normally parallel to the slope for erosion control runoff and wave action, and parallel to the stream or channel in the case of streambank and channel protection. Adjacent geotextile sheets shall be joined by either sewing or overlapping. Overlapped seams of roll ends shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in) except where placed under water. In such instances the overlap shall be a minimum of 1 m (3.28 ft). Overlaps of adjacent rolls shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in) in all instances. C. When overlapping, successive sheets of the geotextile shall be overlapped upstream over downstream, and/or upslope over downslope. In cases where wave action or multidirectional flow is anticipated, all seams perpendicular to the direction of flow shall be sewn. D. Care shall be taken during installation so as to avoid damage occurring to the geotextile as a result of the installation process. Should the geotextile be damaged during installation, a geotextile patch shall be placed over the damaged area extending 1 m (3.28 ft) beyond the perimeter of the damage. E. The armor system placement shall begin at the toe and proceed up the slope. Placement shall take place so as to avoid stretching and subsequent tearing of the geotextile. Riprap and heavy stone filling shall not be dropped from a height of more than 300 mm (12 in). Stone with a mass of more than 100 kg (220 lbm) shall not be allowed to roll down the slope. F. Slope protection and smaller sizes of stone filling shall not be dropped from a height exceeding 1 m (3.28 ft), or a demonstration provided showing that the placement procedures will not damage the geotextile. In underwater applications, the geotextile and backfill material shall be placed the same day. All void spaces in the armor stone shall be backfilled with small stone to ensure full coverage. G. Following placement of the armor stone, grading of the slope shall not be permitted if the grading results in movement of the stone directly above the geotextile. H. Field monitoring shall be performed to verify that the armor system placement does not damage the geotextile. I. Any geotextile damaged during backfill placement shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer, at the contractor's expense. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02371-6 Geotextile Fabric for Concrete Protection Measures Block Revetment THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-1 Riprap Protection Measures SECTION 02375 RIPRAP PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section shall include excavation, grading and installation of all riprap, and bedding placed at the locations shown on the Drawings. The materials to be used for the construction of such structures shall be as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02240 – Water Control and Dewatering B. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the ENGINEER in obtaining and providing samples of all specified materials. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified laboratory test certificates for all items required in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Riprap: Riprap used shall be the type designated on the Drawings and shall conform to the following: Riprap Designation % Smaller Than Given Size By Weight Intermediate Rock Dimension (Inches) d50 * (Inches) Type VL (Class 6) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 12 9 6 2 6 Type L (Class 9) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 15 12 9 3 9 Type M (Class 12) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 21 18 12 4 12 LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-2 Riprap Protection Measures Type H (Class 18) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 30 24 18 6 18 Type VH (Class 24) 70 - 100 50 - 70 35 - 50 2 - 10 42 33 24 9 24 * d50 = Mean Particle Size 1. The riprap designation and total thickness of riprap shall be as shown on the Drawings. The maximum stone size shall not be larger than the thickness of the riprap. 2. The specific gravity of the riprap shall be 2.65 or greater. 3. Neither width nor thickness of a single stone of riprap shall be less than 1/3 of its length. 4. Broken concrete or asphalt pavement shall not be acceptable for use in the work. Rounded riprap (river rock) is not acceptable unless specifically designated on the Drawings. 5. The color of the riprap shall be as approved by the OWNER prior to delivery to the project site. Color shall be consistent on the entire project and shall match the color of rock to be used for all other portions of the work. Color required for this project shall be green-gray rock. 6. Minimum density for acceptable riprap shall be 165 pounds per cubic foot. The specific gravity shall be according to the bulk-saturated, surface-dry basis, AASHTO T85. 7. The riprap shall have a percentage loss of not more than 40 percent after 500 revolutions when tested in the Los Angeles machine in accordance with AASHTO Test T96. 8. The riprap shall have a percentage loss of not more than 10 percent after 5 cycles when tested in accordance with AASHTO Test T104 for ledge rock using sodium sulfate. 9. The riprap shall have a percentage loss of not more than 10 percent after 12 cycles of freezing and thawing when tested in accordance with AASHTO Test T103 for ledge rock, procedure A. 10. Rock shall be free of calcite intrusions. 11. Each load of riprap shall be reasonably well graded from the smallest to the largest size specified. Stones smaller than the 2-10 percent size will not be permitted in an amount exceeding 10 percent by weight of each load. LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-3 Riprap Protection Measures Control of gradation will be by visual inspection. However in the event the ENGINEER determines the riprap to be unacceptable, the ENGINEER will pick 2 random truck loads to be dumped and checked for gradation. Mechanical equipment and labor needed to assist in checking gradation shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost. B. Bedding: 1. Gradation for Granular Bedding U.S. Standard Percent by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves Sieve Size Type I Type II 3 Inch 90 - 100 1-½ Inch ¾ Inch 20 - 90 3/8 Inch 100 No. 4 95 – 100 0 - 20 No. 16 45 - 80 No. 50 10 - 30 No. 100 2 - 10 No. 200 0 - 2 0 - 3 Granular bedding designation and total thickness of bedding shall be as shown on the Drawings. Granular bedding shall meet the same requirements for specific gravity, absorption, abrasion, sodium sulfate soundness, and freeze-thaw durability as required for riprap and specified above. C. Geotextile Fabric: Where soil conditions dictate, geotextile fabric shall be placed directly on excavated slopes, channel beds, etc. prior to the placement of any riprap bedding or riprap. The extent and location of geotextile placement will be shown on the Drawings. Geotextile fabric shall be Trevira S1120 or approved equal under all riprap. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Channel slopes, bottoms, or other areas that are to be protected with riprap shall be free of brush, trees, stumps, and other objectionable material and be graded to a smooth compacted surface. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate areas to receive riprap to the subgrade for granular bedding. The subgrade for bedding materials shall be stable. If unsuitable materials are encountered, they shall be removed and replaced as Muck Excavation in accordance with Section 02315 of the Specifications. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of from the site by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. After an acceptable subgrade for granular bedding material is established, the bedding shall be immediately placed and leveled to the subgrade elevation. Immediately following this, the riprap shall be placed. If bedding material is disturbed for any reason, it shall be replaced and graded at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. In-place bedding materials shall not be contaminated with soils, debris or LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-4 Riprap Protection Measures vegetation before the riprap is placed. If contaminated, the bedding material shall be removed and replaced at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Following acceptable placement of geotextile fabric, granular bedding, riprap placement shall commence as follows: 1. Machine Placed Riprap: Riprap shall be placed on the prepared slope or channel bottom areas in a manner which will produce a reasonably well- graded mass of stone with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. Riprap shall be machine placed, unless otherwise stipulated in the Drawings or Specifications. When riprap is placed on slopes, placement shall commence at the bottom of the slopes working up the slope. Place the riprap in a stepped fashion with the bottom of the uphill riprap below the top of the downhill riprap by half of the height of the riprap minimum. The entire mass of riprap shall be placed on either channel slopes or bottoms so as to be in conformance with the required gradation mixtures and to lines, grades, and thickness shown on the Drawings. Riprap shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying bedding material. Placing of riprap in layers, or by dumping into chutes, or by similar methods shall not be permitted. All material going into riprap protection for channel slopes or bottoms shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large accumulations of either the larger or smaller sizes of stone. Some hand placement may be required to achieve this distribution. It is the intent of these Specifications to produce a fairly compact riprap protection in which all sizes of material are placed in their proper proportions. Unless otherwise authorized by the ENGINEER, the riprap protection shall be placed in conjunction with the construction of embankments or channel bottoms with only sufficient delay in construction of the riprap protection, as may be necessary, to allow for proper construction of the portion of the embankment and channel bottom which is to be protected. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the riprap protection until accepted. Any material displaced for any reason shall be replaced to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings at no additional cost to the OWNER. If the bedding materials are removed or disturbed, such material shall be replaced prior to replacing the displaced riprap. 2. Hand Placed Riprap: Hand placed riprap shall be performed during machine placement of riprap and shall conform to all the requirements of Section 02375 PART 1 above. Hand placed riprap shall also be required when the depth of riprap is less than 2 times the nominal stone size, or when required by the Drawings or Specifications. After the riprap has been placed, hand placing or rearranging of individual stones by mechanical equipment shall be required to the extent necessary to LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-5 Riprap Protection Measures secure a flat uniform surface and the specified depth of riprap, to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. 3. Soil Replacement In and Over Riprap: Where riprap is designated to be buried, place onsite excavated material that is free from trash and organic matter in riprap voids by washing and rodding. Prevent excessive washing of material into stream. When voids are filled and the surface accepted by the ENGINEER, place a nominal 6 inches of soil over the area, or as designated on the Drawings. Fine grade, seed, and mulch per the Specifications. 4. Rejection of Work and Materials: The ENGINEER shall reject placed riprap which does not conform to this Section and the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove and relay the riprap to conform with said sections. Riprap shall be rejected, which is either delivered to the job site or placed, that does not conform to this Section. Rejected riprap shall be removed from the project site by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense. 5. Geotextile fabric shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications. Material proposed for use shall be submitted and approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02375-6 Riprap Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-1 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures SECTION 02376 CONCRETE RUBBLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work of this section shall include excavation, grading and installation of all concrete rubble placed at the locations shown on the Drawings. The materials to be used for the construction of such structures shall be as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02315 – Excavation and Embankment B. Section 02371 – Geotextile fabric for Concrete Block revetment C. Section 02700 – Concrete Block Revetment System Specifications for Overtopping Applications 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the ENGINEER in obtaining and providing samples of all specified materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete Rubble: Concrete Rubble used shall be the type designated on the Drawings and shall conform to the following: % Smaller Than Given Size By Weight Intermediate Dimension (Inches) d50 * (Inches) Concrete Rubble (4” to 8”) 50 - 100 50 - 0 8 4 6 * d50 = Mean Particle Size 1. The concrete rubble designation and total thickness of concrete rubble shall be as shown on the Drawings. The maximum individual rubble size shall not be larger than the thickness of the concrete rubble layer. 2. Broken asphalt pavement shall not be acceptable for use in the work. Rounded river rock is not acceptable unless specifically designated on the Drawings. Concrete rubble shall be free from reinforcing steel bars or mats and debris LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-2 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures 3. Control of gradation will be by visual inspection. However in the event the ENGINEER determines the concrete rubble to be unacceptable, the ENGINEER will pick 2 random truck loads to be dumped and checked for gradation. Mechanical equipment and labor needed to assist in checking gradation shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Channel slopes, bottoms, or other areas that are to be filled with concrete rubble shall be free of brush, trees, stumps, and other objectionable material and be graded to a smooth compacted surface. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate areas to receive concrete rubble to the subgrade. The subgrade shall be stable. If unsuitable materials are encountered, they shall be removed and replaced as Muck Excavation in accordance with Section 02315 of the Specifications. Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of from the site by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. After an acceptable subgrade is established, the concrete rubble shall be placed. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Following acceptable subgrade preparation, concrete rubble placement shall commence as follows: 1. Machine Placed Concrete rubble: Concrete rubble shall be placed on the prepared slope or channel bottom areas in a manner which will produce a reasonably well-graded mass of rubble with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. Concrete rubble shall be machine placed, unless otherwise stipulated in the Drawings or Specifications. When concrete rubble is placed on slopes, placement shall commence at the bottom of the slopes working up the slope. Place the concrete rubble in a stepped fashion with the bottom of the uphill concrete rubble below the top of the downhill concrete rubble by half of the height of the concrete rubble minimum. The entire mass of concrete rubble shall be placed on either channel slopes or bottoms so as to be in conformance with the required gradation mixtures and to lines, grades, and thickness shown on the Drawings. Concrete rubble shall be placed to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid displacing the underlying subgrade. Placing of concrete rubble in layers, or by dumping into chutes, or by similar methods shall not be permitted. All material going into concrete rubble protection for channel slopes or bottoms shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large accumulations of either the larger or smaller sizes of rubble. Some hand placement may be required to achieve this distribution. It is the intent of these Specifications to produce a fairly compact concrete rubble protection in which all sizes of material are placed in their proper proportions. Unless otherwise authorized by the ENGINEER, the concrete LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-3 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures rubble protection shall be placed in conjunction with the construction of embankments or channel bottoms with only sufficient delay in construction of the concrete rubble protection, as may be necessary, to allow for proper construction of the portion of the embankment and channel bottom which is to be protected. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the concrete rubble protection until accepted. Any material displaced for any reason shall be replaced to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings at no additional cost to the OWNER. 2. Hand Placed Concrete Rubble: Hand placed concrete rubble shall be performed during machine placement of concrete rubble and shall conform to all the requirements of Section 02376 Part 1 above. Hand placed concrete rubble shall also be required when the depth of concrete rubble is less than 2 times the nominal rubble size, or when required by the Drawings or Specifications. After the concrete rubble has been placed, hand placing or rearranging of individual stones by mechanical equipment shall be required to the extent necessary to secure a flat uniform surface and the specified depth of concrete rubble, to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. 3. Rejection of Work and Materials: The ENGINEER shall reject placed concrete rubble which does not conform to this Section and the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove and relay the concrete rubble to conform with said sections. Concrete rubble shall be rejected, which is either delivered to the job site or placed, that does not conform to this Section. Rejected concrete rubble shall be removed from the project site by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 02376-4 Concrete Rubble Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� SECTION 02700 CONCRETE BLOCK REVETMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATION FOR OVERTOPPING APPLICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL ����� ����������������� � ����� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������� ���� �������� ���� ����������� ��� ����������� ����� ���� ������������� ��� ��������� ��������� �������� �������� ����� ��� ����������� ����� ���� ������� �������� ������� ���� ������������������������������������������������������������������� � ����� ����������������� ���� ������������������������������������������������������������ � ����� ���������� ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������� ������������� ���������� ������� ���� ���� ���������� ������ ��������� ���� ������������ � ���� ����������� ������ ����� �������� ���� ��������������� ���������������� ������������ ����� ��������� ���� ���� ������� ��� ���� ������ ���� ���� ����������������� ��� ������������������������������������������������������������ � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������� ��� ���� ��������� ������ ��� ���� ������ � ������������ ��������� ��������� ����� ��� ���������� ��� ���� ��������� �� �������� ��� �������� ����� ����� ������ ��� ���� ������� �������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ����������� ����������� �������� ���� ����������� ����������� ������������� ������������ ���� ���������� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ��������� ��������� ���� ������������������������������������������������������ � ����� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������� PART 2 PRODUCTS ����� �������� � ���� ��������� ��������� ����� ������ ��� �������������� ��� ��� ��������� ��� ��������� �������� ����� ��������� ���������� ������������ ������������������������������������������������������������ ���������� �������� ��� ������������� ���� ����������� ������ ������� ����� ��� �������� ����������� ��������������������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ����������� ������ ��� ���� ������� ������ ��� ���������� ���� ������������ ���� ��������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ��������� ���������� � ���� ����� ����� ������ ����� ���� ���� ��������� ��������� ��� ������������ ������ �������� ����� ����������� ����� ���������� ��� ������� ��������� ������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������� � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ���� ����� ����� ����� ���� ������� ��� ���� ������������� ���������� �������� � ���� ������������� ��������� ����� ���� ��������� ������� ���� ���������� ��� ���� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ��������� ����� ��� ������� �������� ��� ������� ����� ���� ����� ���� ������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������� ���� �������� ������������� ��� ���� ������� ����� ��� ���� ������� ������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������� � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������� � � ���� ��������� ��������� ����� ������ ��� ������� ��� �� ������� ������� ��� ���������� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ������� �������� � �������������� ���� ������� ������� ������ ��� ������������ ��� ���� ������ ���������� � � Certification (Overtopping Flow):� � ��������� ��������� ����� ����� ����� ��� ��������� ����� ������������ ��� ����������� ���������� ������������ ���������������� ����� ���� �������� ����� ������ ������ ����������� ����� ������������ � �������� ����������� ������� �������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� �������� ��������� ��� ����������� ��� ������������ ����������� ������� ������� ������������ ������� ������� ���� ��������������� ���� ���� ���������� ������������ ����������������������������������������������� � Performance (Overtopping Flow): ����������������������������������������������� ��� ��� ����������� ����� ���� ����������������� ������� ������������ ��� ���������� ��� ��������� ���� ��������������� ��� ������� �������� ���������� ����������� ������� ������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ������������������������������ ���������������������������������� ��������������� ����������� � ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� �������� ����� ��������� �������� ��� ������ ����������� ���� ������������� ��� �������� ������ �������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������� � ����� ������������������������ � ��� ������ � ��� ����� �������������� ������� �������� �������� ����� ����� ��� ����������� ���� ����� ��������������� � Note 1 �� ��������� ������ �������� ��� ����� �������������� ���� ����� ����� �������������������������������������������������� � Note 2 ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������� � ��� ���������� � ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������� � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� �������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������� � ���� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������� � � ����� ������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� �������� ��� ���� ��������� ������ ������ ��� ��������� ��� �� ���� ��������������������������� ������ ������� ��������� ��� �� �������� ��������� ��� ����� ��� ��� ��������� ��� ���� ��������������������������������������������� ���� ���������������������� � ��� ��� ���� ����� ��� ��������� ��� ���� ����� ������ ���� ������ ������ �������� ��������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������� � � � � ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� Table 1. Physical Requirements � ������������������������������ ��������������� ����������������� ���������� � ������ � �� ���������������� ���������������� ���������������� ���������������� ������������� ������������� ��������� ��������� � ��� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������ ������ ��� �������� ���� ������� ��� ����������� ����� ����� �� ��������� ��������� �������������� ���� ���������� ���� ������������ ��� ������������� ������������������������������������������ � � � ��� ������������������ � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ���� ������� ���������� ��� ���� ����� ��� ������� ���� ������������ ��� ���� ��������� �������� ������� ����������� ��� ���� ������ �������� ��� ������������� ��� �������� ��������� ���������� ����� ���������� �������� ��� ��������� ��� ��������� ���� ����������������������������������������������������� � ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������� � ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������� ��������� ������ ��� ��������� ����� ���� ������ ��� ������������ ������ ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � ��� ��������������������� ��� ���� ���������� ��� ������ ����������� ��������������� ������ ��� ��������� ������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������ � ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ���������� �������� ����������� ��� ���� ������������ �������� ���� ������� ����������� ���� ���������� ����������� ������ ��� ���������� ��������� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ �������� �������������� �������� �� ��������� ������ ����� ���� ������ ������������� ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������� � ��� ���� ������������ �������������� ��������� ����� ���� ������������ �������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ���������� �������� ��� �������� ������� � ����� ������������� ������������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������� � ����������� ���� ������������ �������������� ����� ��� ������ ��� ������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������� � ��� ����������� ��������� ������ ����� ����� ��������� ��� ���� �������������� ������ ��� ������������������������ � � ��� ������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������� � Table 2. Standard Sizes of Concrete Blocks � Class Type Lbs (kg) Lbs./Sq.f t. (kg/m2) Length Inches (cm) Width Inches (cm) Height Inches (cm)� Open Area % ����� ����� ������ �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ����� ����� ��� ����� ����� ������ �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� ����� ������� �������� ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� Option 1. Polyester Revetment Cable ���� ���������� � � ���������� ������ ������ ��� ������������ ��� ����� ���������� ���� ������������ ���� ����������� ��������� ���������� �������� � ������ ������ �������� ��� �� ����� ������������� ���������� ��� ��������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������� � � � � � � � �� ����� ���������������������������������������������� � ����������������������������������������� � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � ��������������������������������������������� � ����� ������ � ������������� � � ������������ ����������������������� � ����� ����������������� ������������������ � � ���������������������������������� � ����� ������ ����������� ������������� � �������������������������������� ���������������������� � ����� ������ ����������� ������������� � ����������� ������������� ���������� ������ ���� ��������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ����� �������������� ��� ���� � � ���� �� ����� ������ ��� ����� ���� ��� ���� ��� ���� �������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������� � � ����������������������������������������������� � ���������������������������� � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ���� ����������������������������������������������� � ����������������� �������������������������� � ����� ������������� ������������������������� ����� ����������������� �������������������������� � ����� ������������� ������������������������� � ����������������� ������������������������� � ��� �������������� ������������������������ ��������������������������� ������������������������� � � � � � ���������� � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������������������������������������������������������� � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ���� ����� ������ ������� ����� ����� ������ �������� �������� �� ����������� �������������� ������ ��� ������ ���� ���� �������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ������ ��� ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ��� �������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������� Option 2. Galvanized Steel Revetment Cable ������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������ � � � ������ ������ �������� ��� �� ����� ������������� ���������� ��� ���� ���� ��� ������ ���� ������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������� � ����������� � � � ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������ � ����������������������������� ������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������� ���������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������ �������������������������������������������������� ��� ������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������� � ����������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������� � ����������������������������������������������� � � � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������� � � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ���� ����� ������ ������� ����� ����� ������ �������� �������� �� ����������� �������������� ������ ��� ������ ���� ���� �������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ������ ��� ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � ��� �������� � � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � ��� �������������� � ���� ����������� ������� ������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ���� ����������� ����� ��� ���������� ��� ��������� ��������� ��� ��������� ������� ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������ ������� ����������� ������ ��� ���� ����� ��������� ��� ����������� ��� ����� ���� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������� � � � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������ � � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � ��� ���� ������� ���������� ���� ������� ������ ��� ����������� �������� ��� ���� ����������� ���������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������� � ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� Table 3. Physical Requirements � ������������������ ��������������� �������������� ���������������������� �������������������� ����������� ��������� ����������������������������� �������������������� �������������������� ����������� ��������� ����������������������������� ��������������� ����������� �������� ������������������ ����������� ��������� ������������������������ ����������� ������������������ ������������ ������������� ��� ������������� ����������� ���������� � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ������� ���� ���������� ���� ���������������� ������� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ���������� ���� ����������� ������ ��� ����������� ���� ������ �������� ������� ����� ��� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������� ��� ���� ���������� � ���� ����������� ������ �������� ���� �������������� ����� ���� ��������� �������� ������� ���� ���� ����������� ��� ���� ���� ��������� ��� ���� ��������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������ ����������� ������������ ��� ����������� ����� ������ � ���� ����� ������ ��� ���������� ������ ���� ������� ������ ����� ����������� ��� ��� ���������� ��������� ��� ���� ���������� � � � ��� ���� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ���� ����������� ������ ���� ����� ��� ������ ��� ���� ��������� ������� ����������� ����� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������� � ��� ������������������������������� � � � General.������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � � � Mat Length:� � ���� ��������� ��������� ����� ������ ����� ���� �������� ���� ������������ ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������� �������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� � PART 3 EXECUTION ����� ����������������������� General.�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������� � Grading.� � ���� ������ ������ ��� ������� ��� �� ������� ������ �������� ��� ������� ����� ��������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������� ���� ���� ������� ������� �������� ��� ���� ��������� ��������� �������� � ���� ������ ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ������ ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ����� ������ ���� ��������� ����� ������ ��� �������� ��� ������ ��� �������� ���������� ������������ ���������� ��� ����������� ���� ����������� ��� ������� � ���� ������ ���� ������ ����� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������������� � � ����������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ��� ����� ��� ����������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ���� ����������� ������ ��� ���� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ��� ���� ������� ������� ������������ ������ ����� ��� ������� ���������� ��� ������� ��������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ � � Inspection.����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������� ����� �������������������������������������� General.������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������������������������������������������� � �� Placement.� � ���� ����������� ����������� ������ ��� ������� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ������ ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ������� ��� ��� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� ������������� ���� ����������� ������� ������ ��� ����������� ��� ������ ���� ���� ������ � ���� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����� ��� ���� ����������� ������� ���� ������ ��� ���� ����� ��������� ��� �� ������ �������� ��������� ��������������������������������������������������� � � � ������������������� ��������� ��������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������� ����� ������������������������������������������� General.���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� � � �Placement.� � ���� ��������� ��������� ������� ������ ��� ������� ��� ���� ������� ������� ��� ����� �� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������� � � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������� ������ ��� ������ ������ ��� ���� ��������� ����������� ��� ��������������� ������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������� � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������� ����� ��������� ��������� ��� ������ ���� ����� �������� ��������� ���������� �������� ��� ���������� ��������� ���� ����������� �������� � ���� ����� ������ ��� ������� �������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������� � � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� �������� � ���� ���������� ��� �� ����� ������� ��������� ����� ��� ����������� ��� ��� ��� ������� �� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ ����������������������� � � Finishing.� � ���� ������ ��� ��������� ��� ���� ��������� ��������� ������� ������ ��� ����������� ���� ���������� ������������ ����� ��������� ��������� ��� ������� ������ ���� ��� ������ ���� ��� ����� ���������� ��������� �������� ����� ���� ������� ������� ��� ��������� ������ ���� �������� ��� ���� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ����������������������������������������������������������������� Consultation.����������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���������� � END OF SECTION. LPATH Berm Erosion 02921-1 Ground Preparation Protection Measures for Seeding SECTION 02921 GROUND PREPARATION FOR SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers soil preparation for areas to be reseeded. B. This section addresses work within the limits of disturbance as shown on the Drawings. However, if disturbance does occur outside of this designated area, this section will also pertain to those areas, which have been disturbed. 1.02 INITIAL INSPECTION The CONTRACTOR will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil of adequate quantity and quality has been replaced in all areas as specified. Verify that the area to be revegetated is protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent areas. Note any previous treatments to the area such as temporary seeding or mulching and discuss how these treatments will effect permanent revegetation with the ENGINEER. Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the ENGINEER before beginning work. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions. 1.03 CLEANING Perform cleaning daily during installation of the work, and upon completion the work. Remove and haul from the site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from ground preparation operations. PART 2 EXECUTION 2.01 GENERAL SOIL PREPARATION A. Inspection: Examine the substrate in which the work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Grades: Grades have been established under work of another Section to within 1 inch, plus or minus, of required finished grades. Verify that grades are within 1 inch, plus or minus, of required finished grades. Notify the ENGINEER prior to commencing soil preparation work if existing grades are not satisfactory, or assume responsibility for conditions as they exist. C. Weed and Debris Removal: All ground areas to be planted shall be cleaned of all weeds and debris prior to any soil preparation or grading work. Weeds and debris shall be disposed of off the site. LPATH Berm Erosion 02921-2 Ground Preparation Protection Measures for Seeding D. Contaminated Soil: Do not perform any soil preparation work in areas where soil is contaminated with cement, plaster, paint or other construction debris. Bring such areas to the attention of the ENGINEER and do not proceed until the contaminated soil is removed and replaced. E. Moisture Content: Soil shall not be worked when moisture content is so great that excessive compaction will occur, nor when it is so dry that dust will form in the air or that clods will not break readily. Water shall be applied, if necessary, to bring soil to an optimum moisture content for tilling and planting. F. Ripping & Scarification: Rip, scarify, or otherwise loosen all areas to a depth of 6 inches, removing all obstructions encountered in excavating, such as loose rock, con- struction debris, etc. Thoroughly till all areas which are to be seeded that previously supported vehicular traffic to a depth of 12". Till all remaining areas to a depth of 6". Channel bottom areas are to be ripped to a depth of at least 2 feet on approximately 2- to 4-foot centers. Work the soil only when moisture conditions are suitable. Remove rocks and other objects 3" or greater in any dimension. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion Protection Measures DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03110 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMS SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL SECTION 03310 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SECTION 03320 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING SECTION 03390 CONCRETE CURING SECTION 03615 GROUT LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-1 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms SECTION 03110 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall supply all labor, tools, equipment and materials to set forms for the proper placement of concrete for structures. It is the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to design and build adequate forms and to leave them in-place until the forms can be safely re- moved. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for damage and injury caused by removing forms carelessly or before the concrete has gained sufficient strength. Means and methods of repair shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER prior to performing the work. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03310 – Structural Concrete B. Section 03320 – Construction Joints C. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing D. Section 03615 - Grout 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute 1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2. ACI SP-4 - Formwork for Concrete B. American Plywood Association 1. PS 1 - US Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood 2. J20 - Grades and Specifications 3. V345 - Concrete Forming 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General Design, placement and maintenance of formwork and form systems is the responsi- bility of the CONTRACTOR. Submittals other than listed herein are not required nor will they be reviewed. B. Product Technical Data 1. Manufacturer and type of form materials LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-2 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 2. Manufacturer and type of form ties 3. Manufacturer and type of void form including compressive strength 4. Manufacturer of form release agent C. Formwork Design A copy of a transmittal letter from the designing engineer to the CONTRACTOR in- dicating that the design of the formwork for the project was prepared by or under his supervision. The letter shall be stamped with the seal of the designing engineer and signed in accordance with the professional engineering registration laws where the project is located. The designing engineer’s qualifications shall be attached to the transmittal letter. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Formwork, and if required shoring and reshoring, shall be designed by a Professional Engi- neer licensed to practice in the state where the project is located and having a minimum of five years’ experience in the design of concrete formwork or form systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL For the purposes of this specification exposure shall be defined as a surface, interior or exte- rior, of a structure that will be exposed to view during its use. For example, the interior wall of a buried water retaining structure is a surface exposed to view. 2.02 FORMS FOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW A. Walls 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. 2. Symons hand set steel-ply forms, or equal. B. Beams 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. 2. Symons hand set steel-ply forms, or equal. C. Sides of Column Footings 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-3 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 2. Symons hand set steel-ply forms, or equal. 3. Steel of sufficient thickness that the form will remain true to shape after nu- merous repetitive uses. D. Sides of Curved or Straight Continuous Wall Footings 1. APA High Density Overlay Plyform Class I Exterior. 2. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. For curved surfaces, plywood of sufficient thickness, free from knots and other im- perfections, which can be cut and bent and held in place accurately to the required curvature without splintering or splitting shall be used. E. Floor and Roof Slabs 1. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. The plywood shall be mill oiled and edge sealed. F. Columns Regardless of materials of construction the forms shall be such to permit bracing in two directions at half-height and full height at a minimum. Two braces at 90° are re- quired at half and full height. 1. Steel of sufficient thickness that the form will remain true to shape after nu- merous repetitive uses. 2. Fiberglass of sufficient thickness that the form will remain true to shape. G. Column Capitals 1. Steel, 16 gage or thicker, so that the form will remain true to shape after nu- merous repetitive uses. 2.03 FORMS FOR SURFACES NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW Wood or steel sufficiently tight to prevent mortar leakage. 2.04 ANCHORAGE IN SLABS FOR BRACES FOR WALL AND COLUMN FORMS Braces shall be anchored to deadmen of sufficient size and weight to maintain the proper wall/column alignment under all load conditions including wind. Wedge anchors of any type, inserts or concrete nails are specifically not permitted for an- chorage of wall or column braces in water retaining structures. Wedge anchors or nails may be used in other structures when in the opinion of the ENGINEER the resulting concrete fin- ish patch will be acceptable. The CONTRACTOR shall make a submittal including informa- LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-4 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms tion about the type of wedge anchor or nail and the means of patching the surface for review and acceptance by the ENGINEER. 2.05 ANCHORAGE IN SLABS FOR UPTURNED COLUMN FOOTING FORMS Braces shall be anchored to deadmen of sufficient size and weight to maintain the proper wall/column configuration and diameter. Wedge anchors of any type, inserts or concrete nails are specifically not permitted for anchorage of column footing forms. 2.06 FORM TIES A. Water Retaining Structures and Below Grade Structures: Symons, S-Panel Ties, or equal, with water seal and one-inch break back cones on both tie ends, shall be used on all wall forms. B. Other Structures: Symons, S-Panel Ties, or equal, with one-inch break back cones on both tie ends unless otherwise called out or shown in the Drawings or approved by the ENGI- NEER, shall be used on all wall forms. C. Twisted Wire Ties: Twisted wire ties with loops to hold forms in position are not permitted. 2.07 CHAMFER STRIP Chamfer strips (3/4 inch) shall be placed in the corners of forms and at the tops of walls or up-turned footings, to produce beveled edges on permanently exposed concrete surfaces. In- terior angles of intersecting concrete surfaces and edges of construction joints shall not be beveled unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. The chamfer strip may be made of wood or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 2.08 STIFFBACKS Stiffbacks for wall forms shall be constructed of lumber or Glulams, uniform in width and thickness, free from knots and other surface defects. Only one joint is permitted in the board of a stiffback and joints shall be offset so as to not occur at the same point. Stiffbacks shall extend to a point not less than six inches above the top of forms. 2.09 GANG WHALER PLATES FOR THE TOP OF CURVED WALLS Gang whaler plates shall be constructed of plywood as described below cut to the radius of the wall curve. The gang whaler plate shall be of sufficient depth to permit notching for stiffbacks. A. APA High Density Overlay Plyform Class I Exterior. B. APA B-B Plyform Class I, Exterior, PS-1-83. LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-5 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 2.10 WEDGE INSERTS When permitted by the ENGINEER at the tops of walls or columns, wedge inserts may be used to support future formwork or catwalks. The inserts shall be Richmond Screw Anchor, or equal. 2.11 FORM RELEASE AGENT Magic Kote by Symons Corp. or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Forms shall be used, wherever necessary, to confine the concrete and shape it to the specified lines and grades as shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms so as to ensure completed work is within all applicable tolerance limits. If a type of form does not, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, consistently perform in an accept- able manner, the type of form shall be changed and the method of erection shall be modified by the CONTRACTOR, subject to the review of the ENGINEER. Forms shall have sufficient strength to withstand the pressure resulting from placement and vibration of concrete, and shall be maintained rigidly in position. The design of formwork and placing rate of concrete with medium and high-range water reducing agents shall be ad- justed to compensate for the greater hydraulic pressures exerted on the forms by concrete of high fluidity. Forms shall be clean and free from mortar and other foreign material from previous use prior to being placed. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate that forms are vertical, proper alignment, grade or radius when requested by the ENGINEER. 3.02 FORM SURFACE TREATMENT A. General Prior to placing reinforcing steel coat the forms with a non-staining release agent that will effectively prevent the absorption of moisture and prevent bond of the concrete to the form. Contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed is prohibited. All bond breaking materials or processes shall be used only af- ter acceptance by the ENGINEER. Care shall be taken in applying form oil to avoid contact with reinforcement steel. Embedded material which becomes coated with form oil shall be thoroughly cleaned or replaced at the expense of the CONTRAC- TOR. B. For Potable Water Facilities Form release agents for potable water facilities, such as treated water storage reser- voirs or water treatment plants, shall be non-toxic 30 days after application. LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-6 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms 3.03 TOLERANCES Tolerances are defined as allowable variations from specified alignments, grades and dimen- sions. Allowable variations from specified alignments, grades and dimensions are prescribed in the following sub-section. Descriptions of these criteria can be found in Part 2 of the ACI Manual of Concrete Practice 1995, Commentary of Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials (ACI 117-90). A. Footings and Foundations 1. Drilled Piers Vertical alignment ≤ 2 % of the shaft length Lateral alignment ≤ 1/24 of shaft diameter, 3 inch maximum Level alignment to cut-off elevation: +1 inch, -3 inch 2. Continuous Wall Footings (Circular and Non-circular) Lateral alignment: ≤ 2% of the footing width, 2 inches maximum Relative alignment: Variation ≤ 1 inch in 10 feet (variation between speci- fied plane and as built surface) Cross-sectional dimension: Horizontal dimension: Variation +2 inch, -1/2 inch Vertical dimension (thickness): Variation ± 1/2 inch Circular Wall Footing Only Variation in Radius in any 20 feet of wall length: ≤ 1/2 inch Variation in Radius in entire wall length: ≤ 1 inch 3. Column footings Lateral alignment: Variation ≤ 2 inch Level alignment: Variation from specified elevation +1/2 inch, - 2 inch Relative alignment: Variation ≤ 1 inch in 10 feet (variation between speci- fied plane and as built surface) Cross-sectional dimension: Horizontal dimension: Variation +2 inch, -1/2 inch Vertical dimension (thickness): Variation ± 1/2 inch LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-7 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms B. Cast-in-Place Concrete for Buildings and other Structures 1. Member (such as a beam, column, wall, slab, or pier) Vertical alignment: Variation from specified plumb ≤ 3/8 inch (full height) 1/4 inch (one form section) Lateral alignment: Maximum in any bay: Variation ≤ 1/2 inch Maximum in any 20 feet of length: Variation ≤ 1/2 inch Maximum for entire wall length: Variation ≤ 1 inch Floor and wall opening locations: Variation ≤ 1/2 inch Sawcuts and joints: Variation ≤ 3/4 inch Level alignment: Top elevation of slabs: Variation ≤ 3/4 inch Lintels, other lines exposed to view: Variation ≤ 3/4 inch Cross sectional dimensions: Walls and slabs (thickness): Variation ±1/4 inch Columns and Beams: Variation +1/2 inch, -1/4 inch Size of wall and floor openings: Variation ± 1/4 inch Relative alignment: Offset between adjacent formwork: Variation ±1/4 inch Variation in Specified Grade: For any distance less than 10 feet: Variation ≤ 1/4 inch For entire structure: Variation ± 1/2 inch For manholes and outlet structures: Variation ≤ 1 inch 2. Stairways Relative alignment: LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-8 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms Difference in height between adjacent risers: 1/8 inch Difference in width between adjacent treads: 1/4 inch 3.04 PLUMB AND STRING LINES Plumb and string lines shall be installed on wall and column forms before, and maintained, during concrete placement. There shall be sufficient number of plumb or string lines in walls, for example at every other stiffback, properly installed to permit continuous monitoring. Dur- ing concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR shall continually monitor plumb and string line positions and immediately correct deficiencies. The plumb and string lines shall extend to a point at least six inches above the top of wall or column. 3.05 FORMWORK CAMBER In order to maintain specified tolerances of joists, beams or slabs subject to dead load deflec- tion, the CONTRACTOR shall camber formwork to compensate for dead load deflection prior to hardening of the concrete. 3.06 GANG WHALER PLATES FOR CIRCULAR WALLS The CONTRACTOR shall place a gang whaler plate cut to the curvature of the wall, such as a circular reservoir wall, at the top of the wall forms. The gang whaler plate shall be at- tached to the forms with a gang whaler rod at appropriately designed intervals. The gang whaler plate may be notched to permit the stiffback to extend above the top of the wall forms. The gang whaler plate shall be sufficiently stiff to maintain the required curvature. 3.07 HAND SET MODULAR FORMS Hand set modular forms, such as Symons hand set steel-ply forms, shall be placed with no more than two intersecting joints occur at one level in the formwork above the bottom modu- lar form level. The following figure illustrates the required form pattern. Figure 1 LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-9 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms The above form configuration is one way recommended by Simons Corp. to eliminate verti- cal, in plane, bending of the forming system. The CONTRACTOR may develop alternate means of maintaining vertical alignment. Alternate form system configurations require preparation by a licensed Professional Engineer in Colorado and submittal to the ENGI- NEER for review and approval. 3.08 FORMWORK CLOSURE Forms which will prohibit visual review of items such as reinforcing steel, waterstops and bearing pads by the ENGINEER, shall not be placed until the ENGINEER has performed a final review of the reinforcing steel. The CONTRACTOR shall use compressed air from an air-compressor to blow-out construc- tion debris and dirt at the bottom of sections or members to be placed such as walls, slabs, beams and columns, prior to placing forms or concrete. The CONTRACTOR shall demon- strate to the ENGINEER that all debris, such as loose concrete particles, saw dust, loose tie wire, bar tags, tape, trash and dirt, have been thoroughly removed. 3.09 HOT OR COLD WEATHER PLACEMENT AND STEEL FORMS Prior to placing concrete when steel forms are used, the forms shall be heated when the sur- face temperature of the form is below 40° F or cooled when the surface temperature of the form is above 90° F. If water is used to cool forms where ponding of water may occur, i.e., at the bottom of a column, the water shall be permitted to drain prior to placing concrete. 3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS The forms for any portion of a structure shall not be removed until the concrete has reach sufficient strength with a factor of safety of 2.0, to withstand applied loads such as self weight and wind loads or withstand damage when the forms are removed. For post-tensioned concrete slabs and beams, formwork shall not be removed until the entire slab or member has been stressed and stressing records accepted. 3.11 RESHORES When a reshore plan is to be performed, it shall comply with Section 1.04 of this Specifica- tion. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03110-10 Structural Cast-In-Place Protection Measures Concrete Forms THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-1 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures SECTION 03210 REINFORCING STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES This work shall consist of furnishing and placing reinforcing steel in accordance with these Specifications and in conformity with the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03310 – Structural Concrete 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute 1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2. ACI Detailing Manual - (SP-66) 3. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials B. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM A 615, A 616 including supplementary requirement S1, A 617, A 706 2. ASTM A 767, Zinc-coated (galvanized) reinforcing bars 3. ASTM A 775 Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. Manual of Standard Practice 2. Placing Reinforcing Bars D. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING STEEL A. Deformed Bars: All bar steel reinforcement shall be of the deformed type, ASTM A 615, (AASHTO M31) and grade (40 or 60) as specified in the Drawings. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-2 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures B. Spirals: Spirals, hot-rolled plain or deformed bars per ASTM A 615, Grade 60 or cold drawn wire per ASTM A 82 as specified in the Drawings. Spirals for columns shall have two “spacers” with a section modulus > 0.008in3 in order to maintain the proper pitch and spacing. C. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A 775. When required, dam- aged epoxy coating shall be repaired with patching material conforming to ASTM A 775 in accordance with the material manufacturer's recommendations. D. Zinc-coated (Galvanized Reinforcing Bars): Zinc-coated reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A 767. When required, dam- aged zinc coating shall be repaired with a zinc-rich formulation conforming to ASTM A 767. 2.02 TIE WIRE 16 gauge wire ties, manufactured by American Wire Tie, Inc., or equal. When epoxy coated reinforcing steel is shown in the Drawings, PVC coated wire ties shall be used. The mini- mum PVC coating is 0.7 mils. 2.03 IDENTIFICATION Bundles of reinforcing bars and wire spirals shall be tagged, with a metal tag, showing speci- fication, grade, size, quantity and suitable identification to permit checking, sorting and plac- ing. When bar marks are used to identify reinforcing bars in the Drawings, the bar mark shall be shown on the tag. Tags shall be removed prior to concrete placement. Bundles of flat sheets and rolls of welded wire fabric shall be tagged similar to reinforcing bars. 2.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION Reinforcing steel shall be stored off of the ground and protected from oil or other materials detrimental to the steel or bonding capability of the reinforcing bar. Epoxy-coated reinforc- ing bars shall be stored on protective cribbing. Rust, seams, surface irregularities, or mill scale, shall not be cause for rejection provided that the weight and height of deformations of a hand-wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM Specification. When placed in the work, the reinforcing bars shall be free from dirt, loose mill scale, paint, oil, loose rust or other foreign substance. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-3 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures 2.05 BAR SUPPORTS A. General: Bar supports and spacing shall be in accordance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3, a maximum of four feet or as required by the Drawings. B. Floor Slabs: Uncoated steel or non-metallic composite chairs shall be used unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. If required by the ENGINEER, the chair shall be stapled on a bearing pad to prevent chair displacement. The bearing pad shall be made of exte- rior grade plywood and be approximately five inches square. C. Soffits: Steel wire bar supports in concrete areas where soffits are exposed to view or are painted shall be Class 1 or Class 2, Types A or B: Class 3 is acceptable in other ar- eas. D. Water and Wastewater Vaults, Tank and Basin Walls, and Roof Slabs: Only plastic clip, non-metallic composite or 100% epoxy coated steel chair bar and bolster supports are acceptable for use in walls and roof slabs. Supports shall be se- curely stapled to formwork. E. Columns: Plastic "space wheels" manufactured by Aztec (Model DO 12/40), or equal, are re- quired. F. Epoxy-Coated and Zinc-Coated Bar Supports: Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars supported from formwork shall rest on coated wire bar supports made of dielectric or other acceptable materials. Wire supports shall be fully coated with dielectric material, compatible with concrete. Reinforcing bars used as support bars shall be epoxy-coated. In walls reinforced with epoxy-coated bars, spreader bars shall be epoxy coated. Proprietary combination bar clips and spreaders used in walls with epoxy-coated reinforcing shall be made of corrosion- resistant material or coated with dielectric material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BAR LIST Eight copies of a list of all reinforcing steel and bending diagrams shall be furnished to the ENGINEER at the site of the work at least two weeks before the placing of reinforcing steel is begun. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy of the lists and for fur- nishing and placing all reinforcing steel in accordance with the details shown on the Draw- ings. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-4 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures Bar lists and bending diagrams for structures, which are included in the Drawings, do not have to be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. When bar lists and bending diagrams are in- cluded in the Drawings, they are intended for estimating approximate quantities. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the quantity, size and shape of the bar reinforcement against those shown on the Drawings and make any necessary corrections before ordering. 3.02 FABRICATION Fabrication tolerances for straight and bent bars shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 4.3, Tolerance, of the American Concrete Institute Standard 315 and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. 3.03 BENDING All reinforcing bars shall be bent cold. Bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent except as shown on the Drawings or as permitted by the ENGINEER. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. 3.04 SPIRALS One and one-half finishing bends are required at the top and bottom of the spiral. Spacers shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 9 of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Welding as an aid to fabrication and/or installation is not permitted. 3.05 PLACING AND FASTENING The placing, fastening, splicing and supporting of reinforcing steel and wire mesh or bar mat reinforcement shall be in accordance with the Drawings and the latest edition of "CRSI Rec- ommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars". In case of discrepancy between the Drawings and the CRSI publication stated above, the Drawings shall govern. Reinforcement shall be placed within the tolerances provided in ACI 117. Steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in the positions shown on the Drawings and firmly held during the placing and setting of concrete by means of spacer strips, stays, metal chairs or other approved devices or supports. Chair and bolster supports for slabs and walls shall be spaced at a maximum of four foot centers unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. Staples used to attach bar supports to wall and roof forms shall have the staple "tails" clipped after form removal. For Columns, three wheels, spaced 120 degree apart, shall be placed every four feet of column height. The CONTRACTOR may increase the column spiral pitch if a conflict occurs with the wheel. Pre-tied column reinforcing steel lowered into column forms shall be lowered vertically to prevent damage to the space wheels. Bars shall be securely tied at 50% of all intersections except where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, when alternate intersections shall be tied unless otherwise called out in the Drawings or in applicable specifications. Tying of steel by spot welding will not be permitted unless specifically authorized by the ENGINEER. The placing and securing of the reinforcement in any unit or section shall be accepted by the ENGINEER before any con- crete is placed in any such unit or section. Bundle bars shall be tied together at not more than 6-foot centers. LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-5 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures 3.06 SPLICING Bar steel reinforcement shall be furnished in the full lengths indicated on the Drawings. Splicing of bars, except where shown on the Drawings, will not be permitted without the written acceptance of the ENGINEER. Splices shall be staggered. In cases where permis- sion is granted to splice bars, other than those shown on the Drawings, the additional mate- rial required for the lap shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense. The minimum distance between staggered splices for reinforcing bars shall be the length required for a lapped splice in the bar. All splices shall be full contact splices. Splices will not be permitted at points where the section is not sufficient to provide a mini- mum distance of two inches between the splice and the nearest adjacent bar or the surface of the concrete. Welding of reinforcement shall be done only if detailed on the Drawings or if authorized by the ENGINEER in writing. Welding shall be done by a certified welder. The welding shall conform to AWS D 12.1, Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal In- serts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction, with the modifications and addi- tions specified hereinafter. Where AWS D 2.0 Specifications for Welded Highway and Railway Bridges is referenced, the reference shall be construed to be for AWS D 1.1. Where the term AWS D1.1 is used it shall mean the American Welding Society Structural Welding Code, D 1.1 as modified and amended by the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Welding of Structural Steel Highway Bridges. After completion of welding, coating damage to coated reinforcing steel bars shall be repaired. When required or permitted, a mechanical connection may be used to splice reinforcing steel bars or as substitution for dowel bars. The mechanical connection shall be capable of devel- oping a minimum of 125% of the yield strength of the reinforcing bar in both tension and compression. All parts of mechanical connections used on coated bars, including steel splice sleeves, bolts, and nuts shall be coated with the same material used for repair of coating damage. 3.07 CUTTING When coated reinforcing bars are cut in the field, the ends of the bars shall be coated with the same material used for repair of coating damage. All rebar cut in the field shall be cut with a cut-off saw, any other method must be approved by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03210-6 Reinforcing Steel Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-1 Structural Concrete Protection Measures SECTION 03310 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, tools and equipment for the construction of reinforced cast-in-place concrete for sills as shown on the Drawings and herein specified. This section includes basic finishing and curing methods, accessory control, and expansion and contraction joint devices. 1.02 CONCRETE PRODUCER QUALIFICATIONS The ready-mixed concrete supplier to the CONTRACTOR shall have the capability to produce and deliver concrete, meeting the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. The supplier shall have a contingency plan for a back-up plant in the event of a mechanical malfunction of one of the primary plant(s). This plan shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01330. 1.03 RELATED SECTION A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03210 – Reinforcing Steel C. Section 03320 - Construction Joints D. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing E. Section 03900 - Concrete Curing 1.04 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C 94 - Ready Mixed Concrete 3. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement 4. ASTM C 260 - Air-entraining Admixtures for Concrete 5. ASTM C 494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 6. ASTM C 618 - Fly Ash in Portland Cement Concrete 7. ASTM C 979 - Pigments for Colored Concrete LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-2 Structural Concrete Protection Measures 8. ANSI/ASTM D 994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers 9. ASTM D 1751 - Preformed Non-Extruding and Resilient Expansion Joint Fillers 10. ASTM D 3575 - Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materials made from Olefin Polymers B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 211 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete 2. ACI 212 - Guide for Use of Concrete Admixtures 3. ACI 221 - Guide for Use of Normal Weight Aggregates 4. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings 5. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete 6. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting 7. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting 8. ACI 309 - Standard Practice for Consolidating Concrete 9. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 10. ACI 503 - Use of Epoxy Compounds 11. ACI 504 - Guide to Joint Sealants 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Admixtures (such as air-entraining and water-reducing admixtures) 2. Fly Ash 3. Form Release Agents 4. Ready Mixed Concrete Mix Designs 5. Form Ties 6. Bonding Agents 7. Grouts 8. Vibrator Specifications LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-3 Structural Concrete Protection Measures 9. Ready-Mixed Concrete Plant Production Contingency Plan 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acquire cement and aggregate from the same source for all work. B. Conform to ACI 305 for hot weather concrete placement C. Conform to ACI 306 for cold weather concrete placement D. Conform to ACI 309 for concrete consolidation 1.07 CONTRACTOR ASSISTANCE The CONTRACTOR shall assist the OWNER or his concrete testing consultant as requested during the performance of quality control testing. When concrete is placed using a concrete pumper, concrete for testing will be taken from the pumper discharge hose. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete Delivery Ticket: The ready-mixed concrete truck driver shall provide the batch ticket to the ENGINEER at the time of concrete delivery. The ticket shall summarize the following information legibly in an easily discernible table: 1. Weight in pounds of all materials, excepting the water reducing and air- entraining agents which shall be in ounces. 2. Cubic yards batched 3. The ratio of water to cementitious (W / C) materials ratio 4. Temperature of the concrete at the time it was batched 5. Time of batching. 6. Free moisture in the fine and coarse aggregates in percent of weight of aggregate. 7. Gallons of water that may be added at the site without exceeding the permissible W / C ratio. B. Delivery: Delivery shall conform to the recommendations of ACI 304 as determined by the ENGINEER. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-4 Structural Concrete Protection Measures PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT Cement shall be Portland Cement Type II, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.02 AGGREGATE A. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall consist of hard, strong, durable particles to the provisions of ASTM C 33. B. Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate shall conform to the provisions of ASTM C 33 except that all aggregate shall be crushed aggregate. Screened aggregate is unacceptable. 2.03 WATER Water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. Mixing water for prestressed pretensioned and prestressed post-tensioned concrete or for concrete which will contain aluminum embedments, shall not contain deleterious amounts of chloride ion. Unless otherwise permitted or specified in the Drawings, the concrete shall be proportioned and produced to have a slump not to exceed four inches or less than two and one-half inches. Concrete not consolidated by internal vibration shall be proportioned to have a slump not to exceed five and one-half inches or less than four inches. The slump shall be determined by the "Test for Slump of Portland Cement" ASTM C 143. 2.04 ADMIXTURES Admixtures to be used in concrete shall be subject to prior acceptance by the ENGINEER. The admixture shall maintain the same composition and performance throughout the work as the product used in the concrete proportions established in accordance with ACI 211. Admixtures containing chloride ions shall not be used. A. Air Entrainment: An air-entraining agent shall be used in all concrete. The agent used shall conform to ASTM C 260. Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings, the amount of air entraining agent used in each concrete mix shall be such as will effect the entrainment of the percentage of air shown in the following tabulation in the concrete as discharged from the mixer. This table is applicable for concrete strengths less than 5000 psi. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-5 Structural Concrete Protection Measures Table 1 Nominal max. aggregate size, in. Average air content, percent Severe exposure Moderate exposure 3/8 7 1/2 ± 1 1/2 6 ± 1 1/2 ¾ 6 ± 1 1/2 5 ± 1 1/2 1 1/2 5 1/2 ± 1 1/2 4 1/2 ± 1 1/2 The level of exposure will be determined by the ENGINEER. B. Water Reducing, Set-Controlling Admixture: The CONTRACTOR shall use a “mid-range” water reducing, set controlling admixture, Polyheed 997, or equal. The water-reducing admixture shall be used in all concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 494, specifically Types A, B, C, D and E. C. Finely Divided Mineral Admixtures: Mineral admixtures shall be limited to fly ash conforming to ASTM C 618, Class C. 2.05 BATCHING Measuring and batching of materials shall be done at a batching plant. A. Portland Cement: Either sacked or bulk cement may be used. No fraction of a sack of cement shall be used in a batch of concrete unless the cement is weighed. Bulk cement shall be weighed on scales separate and distinct from the aggregate hopper or hoppers. Batching shall be such that the accuracy of batching shall be plus or minus one percent of the required weight. B. Water: Unless water is to be weighed, the water-measuring equipment shall include an auxiliary tank from which the measuring tank shall be filled. In lieu of the volume method, the CONTRACTOR will be permitted to use a water-metering device. C. Aggregates: Aggregates shall be handled from stockpiles or other sources to the batching plant in such a manner as to secure a uniform grading of the material. Aggregates that have become segregated, or mixed with earth or foreign material, shall not be used. Batching shall be so conducted as to result in the weights of material required for each type aggregate within a tolerance of two percent. Free water contents of the coarse and fine aggregates shall be continuously tested LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-6 Structural Concrete Protection Measures and concrete mixture adjusted for moisture conditions of the aggregate in order to meet the designated water/cement ratio. D. Fine Aggregate: The proportion of fine aggregate shall be between 36 and 44 percent by volume of the total aggregates in the concrete. 2.06 MIXING Ready-mixed concrete shall be either “central mixed” or “shrink mixed” concrete as defined in ASTM C 94. “Truck mixed” concrete as defined in ASTM C 94 shall not be permitted. Mixing time shall be measured from the time water is added to the mix, or cement contracts the aggregate. All concrete shall be homogeneous and thoroughly mixed, and there shall be no lumps or evidence of undispersed cement. Mixers and agitators, which have an accumulation of hard concrete or mortar, shall not be used. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C 94. The temperature of mixed concrete, immediately before placing shall not be less than 50°F or more than 80°F for slabs larger than 10,000 square feet and not be less than 50°F or more than 85°F for walls. Aggregates and water shall be heated or cooled as necessary to produce concrete within these temperature limits. Neither aggregates nor mixing water shall be heated to exceed 150°F. The time elapsing from the time water is added to the mix (or the cement comes in contact with aggregate) until the concrete is deposited in place at the site of the work shall not exceed 45 minutes when the concrete is hauled in non-agitating trucks, nor more than 90 minutes when hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. The batch shall be so charged into the drum that a portion of the mixing water shall enter in advance of the cement and aggregates. The flow of water shall be uniform and all water shall be in the drum by the end of the first 1/4 of the specified mixing time. Cement shall be charged into the mixer by means that will not result in loss of cement due to the effect of wind, or in accumulation of cement on surfaces of hoppers or in other conditions which reduce or vary the required quantity of cement in the concrete mixture. 2.07 TRANSPORTING MIXED CONCRETE - MIXED CONCRETE OR TRUCK MIXERS Transporting of mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C 94. Truck agitators shall be loaded not to exceed the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity. They shall maintain the mixed concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass during hauling. No additional mixing water shall be incorporated into the concrete during hauling or after arrival at the delivery point, unless approved. If additional water is to be incorporated into the concrete at the site, the drum shall be revolved not less than 30 revolutions at mixing speed after the water is added and before discharge is commenced. One addition of water at the site to adjust mix workability is permitted but the maximum water cement ratio shall not be exceeded. LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-7 Structural Concrete Protection Measures The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a water-measuring device in good working condition, mounted on each transit mix truck, for measuring the water added to the mix on the site. All water tanks on transit mix trucks shall be filled prior to being batched and arrive at the construction site 100% full. Each load of ready mixed concrete delivered at the job shall be accompanied by the ticket referencing design mix and showing volume of concrete, the weight of cement in pounds, percent of free water in coarse and dry aggregates, and the total weight of all ingredients in pounds. The ticket shall also show the time of day at which the materials were batched and the reading of the revolution counter at the time the truck mixer is charged. See Paragraph 1.08. 2.08 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH Concrete compressive strength requirements consist of a minimum strength that must be obtained before various loads of stresses are applied to the concrete and, for concrete designated by strength, a minimum strength at the age of 28 days. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the 28-day compressive strength of structural concrete shall be a minimum of 4,000 psi. The mix shall be designed for required strengths in accordance with ACI 301. The ratio of water to the sum of concrete + pozzolan shall not exceed 0.41 by weight for durable, watertight, concrete. The amount of fly ash in the mix shall be between 15 and 20 percent by weight of the total cementitious materials. 2.09 CONCRETE VIBRATORS Concrete vibrators for consolidating concrete shall be 2 1/2 inch diameter "high cycle" vibrators with a frequency under load of 8,000 - 10,400 vibrations per minute (vpm). Concrete vibrators of lesser capacity are unacceptable for use in any part of the construction. The CONTRACTOR shall have at least one standby concrete vibrator ready for use for every two concrete vibrators in use during a concrete placement. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRIOR TO PLACEMENT Prior to placing concrete the CONTRACTOR shall remove all debris and thoroughly dampen the surfaces that will be in contact with the concrete to be placed. The CONTRACTOR shall use compressed air from an air-compressor to blow-out construction debris and dirt at the bottom of members to be placed such as walls, beams and columns, prior to final placement of forms that will obscure any joint. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER that all debris, such as concrete particles, saw dust, loose tie wire, bar tags, tape, trash and dirt, have been thoroughly removed. No concrete shall be placed when form surfaces that will be in contact with the concrete, LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-8 Structural Concrete Protection Measures reinforcement, embedded items or sub-base is less than 32°F. When the mean daily outdoor temperature is less than 40°F, the temperature of the concrete shall be maintained between 50°F and 70°F for the required curing period. When necessary, arrangements for heating, covering, insulating, or housing the concrete work shall be made in advance of placement and shall be adequate to maintain the required temperature without injury due to concentration of heat. Combustion heaters shall not be used during the first 24 hours unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of the concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. Concrete shall not be placed against forms exposed to heating by the unless the temperature of the forms is first cooled to ≤ 90°F. 3.02 PLACEMENT Placement shall conform to ACI 301, Chapter 8 "Placing", ACI 304R, "Guide of Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete," ACI 306 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting", ACI 305 "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" and ACI 309, "Standard Practice for Consolidation of Concrete". No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, reinforcement, installation of parts to be embedded, bracing of forms, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been reviewed by the ENGINEER. No concrete shall be placed in water except with the written permission of the ENGINEER. All surfaces of forms and embedded materials that have become encrusted with dried mortar or grout from concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. Immediately before placing concrete, all surfaces upon or against which the concrete is to be placed shall be free from standing water, mud, debris or loose materials. The surfaces of absorptive materials against or upon which concrete is to be placed shall be moistened thoroughly so that moisture will not be drawn from the freshly placed concrete. The concrete shall be placed by equipment that will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients. The stream of concrete shall not be allowed to separate by permitting it to fall freely over rods, spacers or other embedded materials. No wetting of concrete surfaces during slab finishing operations shall be permitted. Further, no concrete finishing operation shall be permitted while there is water on the surface of slabs and other flatwork. Unless otherwise called out in these Specifications or shown in the Drawings, the placement lift depth of concrete in walls shall be limited to two feet or less to minimize surface defects such as air voids that can form on concrete surfaces. Lift depths will be limited to one foot if, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the quality of the finish is unacceptable at the 2-foot lift depth. 3.03 CONSOLIDATION All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated with internal vibrators as recommended in ACI 309 immediately after deposition. The concrete shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcing steel, around embedded items and into corners of forms. Vibration shall be supplemented by spading, rodding or forking to eliminate all honeycomb and voids around embedded items. The vibrator shall be inserted vertically, allowing it to penetrate rapidly to the bottom of the lift and at least six inches into the previous lift. The vibrator shall be held at the bottom of LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-9 Structural Concrete Protection Measures lift for 5 to 15 seconds. The vibrator shall be pulled up at a rate of about three inches per second. The vibrator shall be inserted so that the fields of action overlap. The field of action is approximately eight times the vibrator’s head diameter. Thus for a 2 1/2 inch diameter vibrator, the spacing of each insertion will be approximately 20 inches. Vibration shall be stopped when the concrete surface takes a sheen and large air bubbles no longer escape. Do not use a vibrator to move concrete horizontally. 3.04 OPENINGS AND INSERTS Pipe sleeves, inserts for pipe connections, anchors and forms for pipe holes must be accurately placed and securely fastened to the forms in such a manner that the placing of concrete will not alter their alignment or location. In the event that openings are inadvertently omitted or improperly placed, the ENGINEER may require the concrete to be cored at the proper location. Filling of improperly placed openings shall be done with expansive grout or dry pack or mortar applied with an accepted epoxy adhesive. The surfaces of the opening shall be roughened prior to filling. 3.05 EMBEDDED ITEMS At the time of concrete placement, embedded items should be clean and free from mud, oil and other coatings that may adversely affect bonding capacity. Aluminum embedments shall be coated with a bituminous material to prevent electrolytic action between the embedded item and reinforcing steel that results in concrete deterioration. Embedment items shall be accurately placed and securely fastened to the forms in such a manner that the placing of concrete will not alter their alignment or location. Contact between embedded items and reinforcing steel or tendon ducts is unacceptable and is not permitted. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The location of all construction joints will be subject to the acceptance of the ENGINEER. The surface of all construction joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance and standing water removed. Clean aggregate shall be exposed by abrasive blast cleaning. Wire brushing and air water jets may be used while concrete is fresh provided results are equal to abrasive blast cleaning. Construction joints shall be keyed at right angle to the direction of shear. Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings, keyways shall be at least 1-1/2" in depth over at least 25% of the area of the section. 3.07 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT The use of an evaporative retardant is required to assist in proper placement of concrete. See Section 03390. When an evaporative retardant is used, it shall be applied two times: after screeding and after the first floating operation. The retardant should be applied at a rate of one gallon of sprayable solution per 200 - 400 square feet by spraying with an industrial type sprayer. If the nozzle of the sprayer becomes plugged, the CONTRACTOR shall clean, or replace, the nozzle. Under no circumstances shall the retardant be used except by spraying a LPATH Berm Erosion 03310-10 Structural Concrete Protection Measures mist with a nozzle. The retardant shall be applied in strict conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and precautions. In no case shall the retardant be used as a finishing agent. The use of an evaporative retardant requires review and approval by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03320-1 Construction Joints Protection Measures SECTION 03320 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall supply all labor, tools, equipment and material for the preparation of construction joints in concrete in accordance with these specifications and as shown in the Drawings. This includes joints such as column-footing joints, wall construction joints, col- umn capital-slab joints, grout closures around pipe-slab penetrations and footing-slab joints. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel C. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete D. Section 03615 - Grout 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 1.04 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The ENGINEER shall review the preparation of all construction joints prior to concrete and grout closure placements. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to notify and pro- vide a minimum of 24 hours notice to the ENGINEER of these activities. If joint placement is performed without the ENGINEER’s presence, the work will be deemed unacceptable and non-conforming to these specifications. If the ENGINEER determines that construction re- view of a particular activity is unnecessary, he will provide written direction to the CONTRACTOR to proceed with that particular activity without his construction review. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) LPATH Berm Erosion 03320-2 Construction Joints Protection Measures PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface of concrete construction joints shall be clean and all materials that inhibit bond, such as curing compounds, laitance, saw dust, wood, dirt, polyethylene, pipe tape coating and paper shall be removed. Concrete shall be roughened to produce a rough, plus or minus 1/16 inch, surface texture. Concrete surfaces shall be wetted with clean potable water and standing water removed immediately before new concrete or closure grout is placed. Unless otherwise called out in the Drawings, a bonding agent shall be used prior to placing the con- crete or grout. 3.02 PIPE GROUT CLOSURE SECTIONS A. Pipe Surface Preparation Unless otherwise detailed in Drawings, all pipes penetrating concrete sections such as wall and floor slabs shall have all coatings and other materials that can inhibit bond completely removed from the portion of the pipe to be in contact with the con- crete or slab closure grout. B. Ground Surface Preparation The ground surface at joints such as pipe / slab closures shall be smooth and properly graded and compacted. All debris such as Styrofoam, paper, polyethylene and wood shall be removed. The ground surface shall be dampened and prepared to pre- vent the inclusion of dirt, pieces of aggregate or balls of soil in the concrete or grout. 3.03 CONCRETE AND CLOSURE GROUT PLACEMENT Mixing, surface preparation in addition to that prescribed above, placement, and curing of grout at pipe closure joints shall be performed in strict accordance with Specification Section 03615 and when a proprietary grout is specified, with the grout manufacturer’s directions. Special care shall be taken to insure that the grout is thoroughly and properly consolidated at waterstops, pipe weep rings, and existing concrete surfaces. An appropriate capacity vibrator shall be used when necessary or required by the manufacturer to properly consolidate the grout. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-1 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The CONTRACTOR shall supply all labor, tools, equipment and materials to finish properly placed concrete for structures such as box culverts, vaults, foundations, hydraulic and water retaining structures. The means and methods of repair of improperly placed or finished concrete shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER prior to performing the work. Regardless of prior approval of the means and methods of concrete finish repair, no concrete finish shall be repaired until the ENGINEER has reviewed the existing finish. This includes defects caused by ineffective and improper vibration such as honeycomb, excessive air voids on formed surfaces, placement “pour” lines (cold joints) and sand streaking. It also includes defects caused by excessive form deflections, form damage or form failure. Unless otherwise called out in the Drawings tie holes shall be finished as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete C. Section 03615 - Grout 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute 1. ACI 116 - Cement and Concrete Terminology 2. ACI 121 - Quality Assurance Systems for Concrete Construction 3. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 4. ACI SP-15 - ACI 301 Field Reference Manual 5. ACI 304 - Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods 6. ACI 309 - Identification and Control of Consolidation-Related Surface Defects in Formed Concrete 7. ACI 311 - Guide for Inspection of Concrete LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-2 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures B. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM STP 169C - Significance of Tests and Properties of Concrete and Concrete-Making Materials 2. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 3. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates C. US Department of Interior - Bureau of Reclamation 1. M-47 Standard Specifications for Repair of Concrete 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01330. B. Product Data 1. Grouts 2. Bonding agents 3. Means and methods of repairing defects unless otherwise called out herein. C. Manufacturer’s safety data sheets 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver the materials to the project site in the manufacturer’s containers with all labels intact and legible at the time of use. Materials shall be stored in a secure, indoor, dry area. Maintain grouts and aggregates in a dry condition during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREMIXED PRE-PACKAGED GROUTS A. Master Builders EMACO R320 B. Master Builders EMACO S66-CR 2.02 EPOXY BONDING AGENTS A. Master Builders Concresive Liquid (LPL) B. Master Builders Concresive Standard Liquid LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-3 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures 2.03 CEMENT ASTM C 150, Type 1 2.04 AGGREGATE ASTM C 33, 100% passing the No. 30 mesh sieve 2.05 BOND COAT MORTAR Mortar used to bond patching mortar shall be made of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of 1 part cement to not more than 1 part sand by damp loose volume. 2.06 PATCHING MORTAR Patching mixture shall be made of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of 1 part cement to not more than 2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume. White Portland Cement shall be substituted for a part of the gray Portland Cement on exposed concrete in order to produce a color matching the color of the surrounding concrete, as determined by a trial patch. The quantity of mixing water shall be no more than necessary for handling and placing. The patching mortar shall be mixed in advance and allowed to stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, without addition of water, until it has reached the stiffest consistency that will permit placing. 2.07 WATER Only clean potable water shall be used. A calibrated measuring device is required for measuring the proper amount of water to be added to pre-packaged grouts and mortars. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS Surface defects, unless otherwise specified by the Contract Documents, shall be repaired immediately after form removal but not before review by the ENGINEER. The surface temperature of the concrete shall be 50° F and rising. The CONTRACTOR shall measure surface temperatures when requested by the ENGINEER. If necessary the CONTRACTOR shall enclose and heat the area to be repaired to bring the surface temperature of the concrete and air temperature to acceptable levels and to permit proper curing. All honeycombed and other defective concrete shall be removed down to sound concrete. If chipping is necessary, the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. Feathered edges will not be permitted. The area to be patched and an area at least six inches wide surrounding it shall be dampened to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. A bonding grout shall be prepared, mixed to the consistency of thick cream, and after surface water has evaporated from the area to be patched, well brushed into the surface. LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-4 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures When the bond coat begins to lose the water sheen, the premixed patching mortar shall be applied. The mortar shall be thoroughly consolidated into place and struck off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than the surrounding surface. To permit initial shrinkage, it shall be left undisturbed for at least one hour before being finally finished. The patched area shall be kept damp for seven days. Metal tools shall not be used in finishing a patch in a formed wall that will be exposed. 3.02 TIE HOLES A. Water Retaining Structures and Below Grade Vaults with Breakback Cone Ties Fill tie holes solid as specified in Section 03615. B. Other Structures After being cleaned and thoroughly dampened, fill tie holes solid as specified in Section 03615. 3.03 PROPRIETARY MATERIALS Certain types of defects may require the use proprietary compounds for adhesion or as patching ingredients. The ENGINEER will review these defects and request means and methods for these repairs from the CONTRACTOR. In lieu of, or in addition to, the foregoing patching procedures using bond coat and patching mortars, epoxy bonding agents and premixed pre-packaged grouts may be used for repair of defective areas. Such compounds shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations and directions. The ENGINEER shall review and provide written acceptance of these procedures. 3.04 FINISHING OF FORMED AND UNFORMED SURFACES Finishes shall be performed as called out in the Drawings and in referenced Specifications. A. Formed Surfaces 1. Smooth Form Finish The form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical, with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. Surface textures that result from forms with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects shall be ground smooth or otherwise repaired. a. Air Voids on Formed Surfaces Air voids on formed surfaces deeper than 1/4 inch shall be filled with patching mortar. The frequency and size of air voids shall be equal to or better than shown in Figure 1. The total void area is 1% of the surface area, or 0.36 sq. in. This 6-inch x 6-inch figure is the LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-5 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures visual standard for acceptance of the finish that does not require filling of air voids. b. Tie Holes Tie holes shall be filled as specified in section 03615. c. Form Fins Chip or rub-off form fins exceeding 1/16 inch in height. Figure 1 LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-6 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures d. Rock Pockets Poorly consolidated concrete shall be removed to sound concrete and the defect repaired. The ENGINEER shall outline the area to be repaired. 2. As-Cast Finish For as-cast concrete finish form materials shall produced a sound surface. a. Air Voids Fill air voids deeper than 1/4 inch. and larger than 0.50 sq. in. The total area of acceptable air voids is 0.72 sq. in. in a 6 inch by 6-inch square. b. Tie Holes Tie holes shall be filled as specified in section 03615. c. Form Fins Chip or rub-off form fins exceeding 1/8 inch in height. 3. Rubbed Finish Immediately after removing the forms, form ties shall be broken back a minimum of 3/4 inch from the surface, honeycomb, voids and other surface defects grouted. The surfaces shall then be thoroughly dampened and rubbed with a No. 16 carborundum stone or equal abrasive to create a uniform surface paste. The rubbing shall be continued to remove all form marks and surface irregularities producing a smooth, dense surface. After setting, the surface shall then be rubbed with a No. 30 carborundum stone until the surface is smooth in texture and uniform in color. Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings only exposed surfaces shall have a rubbed finish. 4. Grout Finish Prepare surface as described in Rubbed Finishes above. Mix one part Portland cement and one-half parts fine sand with sufficient water to produce a grout with the consistency of thick paint. Wet surface of concrete to prevent absorption of water from grout and apply grout uniformly with brushes. Immediately after applying grout mix, scrub the surface with a cork float or stone to coat surface and fill remaining air voids and other remaining surface defects. Remove excess grout by working the surface with rubber float. After the surface whitens from drying, rub with clean burlap. Cure surface for a period of 72 hours LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-7 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures B. Unformed Surface Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings unformed surfaces shall be finished as follows. 1. Slabs Screed with straightedge to remove low and high spots bringing the surface to the required finish elevation of slope and float with a steel float at least 3 feet in width. When the concrete has reached its initial set, finish with a steel (power) trowel. Leave finish essentially free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and plane to the correct tolerance. Dusting the surface with dry cement, sand or sprinkling with water is prohibited. Finishes that are exposed and subject to foot traffic shall receive a broom finish with a texture of ± 1/16 inch. 2. Tops of Walls with Bearings Strike smooth tops of walls and similar unformed surfaces that will have bearings or bearing pads, and finish with a steel trowel. 3. Tops of Exposed Footings in Reservoirs Strike smooth tops of footings and finish with a light broom providing a texture of ± 1/16 inch. 4. Stairways and Sidewalks Strike smooth tops of stairs and sidewalks and finish with a light broom providing a texture of ± 1/16 inch. 5. Slabs with Waterproofing Membranes Strike smooth and float finish. 6. Construction Joint Surfaces Surface shall be broom or raked finished. Surface shall be water or grit blasted prior to placing additional concrete, such as columns on column footings and column footings on reservoir slabs. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03350-8 Concrete Finishing Protection Measures THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-1 Concrete Curing Protection Measures SECTION 03390 CONCRETE CURING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, tools and equipment for curing plain and reinforced cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03310 – Structural Concrete B. Section 03320 – Construction Joints C. Section 03350 – Concrete Finishing 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting 2. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting 3. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C 171 – Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete 2. ASTM C 309 – Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 3. ASTM D 2103 – Polyethylene Film and Sheeting 1.04 SUBMITTALS Provide data on curing compounds sheet materials and methods of securing sheet materials in place. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL Perform the work in accordance with this Specification and in accordance with applicable ACI standards. When a conflict occurs between this Specification and ACI occurs, the ACI standard shall control. The CONTRACTOR shall have a copy of the current applicable ACI standards on site. All materials shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions, a copy of which shall be on site. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver, store and handle products under the provisions of Section 01650. LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-2 Concrete Curing Protection Measures Deliver curing materials in manufacturer’s original packaging including applicable instructions and manufacturer’s safety data sheets (MSDS). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS FOR CURING CONCRETE White burlap-polyethylene sheeting weighing not less than 10 oz/linear yard, 40 inches wide, impregnated on one side with white opaque polyethylene 0.004 inches thick as specified in ASTM C 171 shall be used when called out in the Drawings or in other applicable specifications. The polyethylene shall be securely bonded to the burlap so that there will be no separation. 2.02 LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS FOR CURING CONCRETE Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall and conform to ASTM C 309, Type 1-D with a red or white fugitive dye. Use a white dye unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 2.03 POLYETHYLENE FILM Polyethylene film shall conform to ASTM D 2103. The film shall have a thickness of 6 mils and be a white opaque color. 2.04 LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING COMPOUND AND EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT APPLICATORS/ SPRAYERS Membrane curing and evaporative retardant compounds shall be applied with a sprayer manufactured by Allen Engineering, Inc., or equal, capable of maintaining a constant pressure. (Allen Engineering, Inc., P.O. Box 819, Paragould, Arizona 74450, telephone (800) 643-0095.) Unless otherwise accepted in writing by the ENGINEER, spraying membrane curing compounds or evaporative retardants by other methods, such as hand pressurized sprayers, is unacceptable. 2.05 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT Confilm manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. or approved equal. 2.06 WATER Water shall only be used when prior approval is granted by the ENGINEER. Only water that has been determined to be non-detrimental to concrete shall be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Beginning immediately after placement, concrete shall be protected from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury, and shall be maintained with minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature for the period necessary for hydration of the cement and hardening of the concrete in accordance with ACI 308, "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete". The materials and method of curing shall be subject LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-3 Concrete Curing Protection Measures to review and acceptance by the ENGINEER. Specific curing requirements may be called out on the Drawings or other Technical Specifications. Curing shall be continued for at least seven days. Alternatively, if tests are made of cylinders kept adjacent to the structure and cured by the same methods, moisture retention measures may be terminated when the average compressive strength has reached 70% of the specified concrete strength. When a spray applied membrane-curing compound is used, it shall be applied in two coats with the second coat applied at right angles to the first coat. 3.02 EVAPORATIVE RETARDANT An evaporative retardant shall be used during concrete placement for water retaining structure floor and roof slabs and other slabs larger than 2,500 square feet in size. The retardant shall be sprayed using a power sprayer at a rate of 10 gallons per 2,000 square feet after screeding and repeated after the first floating operation. The evaporative retardant shall not be applied during the final steel troweling operations or after the water sheen has disappeared from the concrete surface. 3.03 SLABS For concrete surfaces not in contact with forms, a procedure determined by the ENGINEER shall be applied immediately after completion of placement and finishing. 3.04 WALLS AND COLUMNS Moisture loss from surfaces placed against wooden or metal forms exposed to heating by the sun shall be minimized by keeping the forms wet until they can be safely removed. After form removal, the concrete shall be cured until the end of the curing time by one of the previously described curing methods. Concrete shall not be placed against forms that have been exposed to air below freezing temperatures until the forms have been heated so that the surface temperature of the form is ≥ 40° F. The top of walls and columns not covered by forms shall be cured using a membrane-curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309 immediately after placement 3.05 OTHER SURFACES Unless otherwise shown in the Drawings all other surfaces shall be cured using two applications of a membrane-curing compound conforming to ASTM C 309. The second application shall be applied at 90° to the first application. 3.06 COLD WEATHER Curing during cold weather conditions shall include the above methods except for water cure unless measures are taken to prevent freezing of the water. 3.07 HOT WEATHER If the rate of evaporation approaches 0.2 lb/ft2 /hr, as estimated by ACI 305, precautions against plastic shrinkage cracking are required. The CONTRACTOR shall have a recording LPATH Berm Erosion 03390-4 Concrete Curing Protection Measures thermometer, hygrometer and wind gage on site seven days prior to first concrete placement. When necessary, provision for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light colored material shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. Precautions against plastic shrinkage cracks may be required in conditions other than what is normally considered hot weather conditions. 3.08 RATE OF TEMPERATURE CHANGE Changes in temperature of the air immediately adjacent to the concrete during and immediately following the curing period shall be kept as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one hour or 50° F in any 24-hour period. 3.09 PROTECTION FROM MECHANICAL INJURY During the curing period, the concrete shall be protected from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. All finished concrete surfaces shall be protected from damage by construction equipment, materials, or methods, by application of curing procedures, and by rain or running water. Self-supporting structures shall not be loaded in such a way as to overstress the concrete. END OF SECTION LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-1 Grout Protection Measures SECTION 03615 GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools and equipment for the placement of grout in tie holes and other locations as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. This section includes basic mixing, application, and curing methods for grout. Contractor shall have a printed set of manufacturer’s recommendations for product use on site for review during preparation, mixing and application of grouts. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03110 - Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forms B. Section 03310 - Structural Concrete C. Section 03320 - Construction Joints D. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing E. Section 03900 - Concrete Curing 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS A. ASTM C 78 - Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading B. ASTM C 109 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars - Modified C. ASTM C 469 - Test Method for Static Modulus of Elasticity and Poisson’s Ratio of Concrete in Compression D. ASTM C 666 - Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing E. ASTM C 882 - Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy Resin Systems used with Concrete - Modified F. ASTM C 1012 - Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic Cement Mortars Ex- posed to Sulfate Solution - Modified G. ASTM C 1202 - Electrical Indication of Resistance to Chloride Ion Penetration LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-2 Grout Protection Measures 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Grout B. Bonding Agent C. Curing Compound 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Tests 1. When the Owner is to perform grout testing, the Contractor shall assist the Owner or his concrete testing consultant as requested during the perform- ance of quality control testing. 2. When prescribed in the Drawings or by these Specifications, length change test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of mortar, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to insure continued compliance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or Specifications the testing will be performed by the Owner or testing representative. 3. When required length change tests and fabrication of specimens for cement based mortar will be performed as specified in ASTM C 1012 at intervals during construction as selected by the Engineer. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 and 28 days. 4. All mortar, already placed, that fails to meet the requirements of this Speci- fication, is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the Contractor. 5. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or Specifications, the cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but the Contractor shall assist the Engineer in obtaining specimens for testing. However, the Con- tractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the Specifications. B. Construction Tolerances Construction tolerances shall be as specified in the Section 03110 except as modified herein and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.06 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS/PRODUCTS Master Builders Technologies EMACO R320 - Polymer-Modified Vertical/Overhead Patching Mortar MB 429, Masterkure CR, Masterkure 200W or Masterkure 100W - curing com- pounds LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-3 Grout Protection Measures 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Cement based mortar shall be delivered and stored in manufacturer’s packaging until it is ready to be mixed and placed. Mortar bags shall be stored off the ground and protected from water and all other substances that will penetrate packaging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR FOR TIE HOLES EMACO R320 or approved equal. 2.02 BONDING ADHESIVES Concresive Liquid LPL, Concresive Standard Liquid or approved equal. 2.03 WATER Only clean potable water shall be used. A calibrated measuring device is required for meas- uring the proper amount of water to be added to grouts and mortars. 2.04 CURING COMPOUND MB 429, Masterkure 100W, Masterkure 200Wor approved equal. 2.05 (EXPOSED) REINFORCING STEEL COATING EMACO P22 or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL These grouts contain admixtures that increase grout strength and workability. The strength and performance of the grout is dependent on proper surface preparation, grout mixing and curing. The Contractor shall be required to use a calibrated measuring device to add clean potable water to the grout mix. Water added to a grout mix without a calibrated device is cause for grout rejection, removal and re-placement. Curing is critical to prevent shrinkage cracks that can develop with grouts containing some admixtures. Curing shall begin immediately after placement. All mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, and other means of execu- tion for pre-packaged mortars shall be done according to the instructions and recommenda- tions of the manufacturer and this Specification. In the event that a conflict occurs between this Specification and manufacturer’s instructions, the manufacturer’s instructions shall pre- vail in all cases. LPATH Berm Erosion 03615-4 Grout Protection Measures 3.02 GROUT FOR TIE HOLES A. Preparation: Thoroughly clean the roughened surface and any exposed reinforcement of rust, dirt, loose chips, and dust. Maintain substrate in a saturated, surface-dry condition. Where applicable, exposed reinforcing steel shall be coated with EMACO P22 rein- forcing steel bar protection coating prior to patching. B. Mixing: Comply with mortar manufacturer’s recommendations for water quantity. Mechani- cally mix with a slow speed drill (400 to 600 RPM) and Jiffler-type paddle. Pour approximately 90% of the mix water into the mixing container; then add the bagged material while continuing to mix. Add remaining water as needed. Mix time shall not exceed 5 minutes. C. Application: Apply bonding adhesive such as Concresive Liquid LPL or Concresive Standard Liquid. Place and finish with trowel or screed. In hot, windy, or dry conditions, where rapid surface evaporation may occur, use Confilm Evaporation Reducer. D. Curing: Apply Masterkure 200 W curing compound in accordance with label instructions. END OF SECTION ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� �� ����� ������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ����� ����� ��� ����� �� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� �� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� �� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� � � � ��������� � � � � � ������������������������ � � ���������������� � � � � ����������������������� � � ������������������������ � � � � � � � ��������� ��������� ������� ������ ��� ����������� ��� ��������� ������ ��� ����� ���� ���������������� � � � ����������������������������������� � � ������������������������ � � ������������������ � � � � ����������������������� � � ��������������������������� � � ��� ����������������������������� � � � � � ���������������������������������������������������������������������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� �� ����� ������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ����� ����� ��� ����� �� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� �� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ����� �� ����� �������� �������� ������ ���������� ����� ������� ����� ������� ���� ������� ��� ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� ���� � � � ��������� � � � � � ������������������������ � � ���������������� � � � � ����������������������� � � ������������������������ � � � � � � � ��������� ��������� ������� ������ ��� ����������� ��� ��������� ������ ��� ����� ���� ���������������� � � � ����������������������������������� � � ������������������������ � � ������������������ � � � � ����������������������� � � ��������������������������� � � ��� ����������������������������� � � � � � ����������������������������������������������������������������������